WO2017000888A1 - 一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法 - Google Patents

一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017000888A1
WO2017000888A1 PCT/CN2016/087764 CN2016087764W WO2017000888A1 WO 2017000888 A1 WO2017000888 A1 WO 2017000888A1 CN 2016087764 W CN2016087764 W CN 2016087764W WO 2017000888 A1 WO2017000888 A1 WO 2017000888A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
terminal
base station
message
wireless connection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/087764
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
曾清海
张宏平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP16817252.6A priority Critical patent/EP3300432B1/en
Priority to EP20160323.0A priority patent/EP3716693B1/en
Publication of WO2017000888A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017000888A1/zh
Priority to US15/858,900 priority patent/US10616817B2/en
Priority to US16/822,543 priority patent/US11134427B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/34Reselection control
    • H04W36/36Reselection control by user or terminal equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/25Maintenance of established connections

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a terminal, a base station, a cell access method, and a data transmission method.
  • the state of the terminal usually includes: a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection state and an idle state, and the terminal is in the two states.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the mobility is controlled by network devices in the LTE system, such as base stations.
  • the network device determines whether the terminal switches to the new cell, prepares for cell handover between the switched source cell and the target cell, and then notifies the terminal to access the target cell. .
  • the source base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, and the control terminal performs radio measurement on the source cell and the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal satisfies the condition indicated by the measurement configuration message.
  • Sending a measurement report to the source base station the source base station performs a handover decision, and sends a handover request to the target base station where the target cell is located.
  • the terminal After receiving the handover request acknowledgement of the target base station, the terminal sends a handover command to the terminal, instructing the terminal to switch from the source cell to the source cell.
  • Target cell the terminal sends a handover command to the terminal, instructing the terminal to switch from the source cell to the source cell.
  • a terminal in an RRC connected state cannot initiate a new RRC connection setup procedure to access a new cell; but must be judged by a network device, such as a base station or a core network device such as a Mobility Management Entity (MME). Do you need to add a new small to the terminal? Zone to increase the maximum peak rate of the terminal.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • the terminal in the idle state wants to enter the RRC connected state for data transmission, it can only access the currently camped cell, but cannot access other cells.
  • the terminal determines whether to perform cell reselection according to the cell reselection rule of the currently camped cell and the cell reselection rule provided by the last cell entering the RRC connection state, and reselects to Which cell.
  • These cell reselection rules are also stipulated by the network device, and the terminal performs cell reselection strictly according to the cell reselection rule of the network device.
  • the RRC state transition and mobility management of the terminal are all performed under the control of the network device.
  • the network device follow the instructions of the network device strictly.
  • the above-mentioned network device strictly controls the terminal mode, it is convenient for the network device to uniformly manage the terminal, but has the disadvantages that the network is complicated to implement and is not easy to deploy and maintain.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal, a base station, and a cell access method, which are used to implement autonomous access of a terminal to a cell, and solve the problem that the network device strictly controls the terminal, the network is complex, and is not easy to deploy and maintain.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, where the terminal communicates with a first cell, where the terminal includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to send a first cell increase request message to the first base station where the first cell is located when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the A base station adds the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • a processing module configured to configure the terminal according to the configuration message after receiving, by using the transceiver module, a configuration message that is sent by the first base station to configure a wireless connection that is communicated between the terminal and the second cell And a wireless connection that is in communication with the second cell; and controlling the terminal to access the second cell by using the configured wireless connection that communicates with the second cell.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: configure, in the processing module, the second cell according to the configuration message After the wireless connection of the communication, before the terminal is controlled to access the second cell,
  • the processing module is further configured to: send, by the transceiver module, the first Before the cell adds a request message,
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: before the processing module measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell,
  • the first base station And receiving, by the first base station, a measurement configuration message, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the processing module And receiving, by the processing module, the measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes the second cell Frequency information, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes an access node where the first cell is located, and a control plane anchor point corresponding to the access node, where the access node is
  • the terminal has a wireless connection, and the control plane anchor is used to control the terminal to establish a wireless connection with the access node, and interact with the second server to implement the second server to the terminal.
  • User information management; the second server is configured to perform user information management on the terminal;
  • the second base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a first base station, including:
  • a transceiver module configured to receive a first cell increase request message sent by a terminal that is in communication with the first cell of the first base station, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add a second cell as a a cell in which the terminal communicates;
  • a processing module configured to send, by the transceiver module, a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, to indicate that the terminal is configured according to the configuration message and the second The wireless communication of the cell communication and access to the second cell.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the parameter configures a wireless connection for communication with the second cell and accesses the second cell.
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module After controlling the transceiver module to send the configuration message to the terminal, after the transceiver module receives the first configuration completion message sent by the terminal in response to the configuration message, controlling the transceiver module to the Sending, by the second base station, a second configuration completion message, indicating that the second base station: the terminal has completed configuration of a wireless connection that is in communication with the second cell;
  • the first configuration completion message is used to indicate the first base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message.
  • the processing module is further configured to: receive, by the transceiver module, the first small message sent by the terminal Before the area addition request message, the transceiver module is configured to send a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and a judgment for determining whether the second cell is available.
  • the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and a judgment for determining whether the second cell is available.
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the cell identity information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and performs measurement on the second cell.
  • the result is sent to the first base station after the decision condition is met.
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the transceiver module receives the first cell addition request message sent by the terminal, control the transceiver module to send a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes Frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is a measurement result that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and performs measurement on the second cell. Transmitted to the first base station after the decision condition is met.
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the first indication message sent by the transceiver module to the terminal is controlled, and the terminal is:
  • the second cell may provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a cell access method.
  • the base station adds the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the terminal After receiving the configuration message that is sent by the first base station to configure the wireless connection that the terminal communicates with the second cell, the terminal configures a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message. ;
  • the terminal accesses the second cell by using a configured wireless connection that communicates with the second cell.
  • the terminal configures a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell, including:
  • the terminal configures a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the obtained wireless connection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal sends a first configuration complete message to the first base station, indicating that the first base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message.
  • the method before the sending, by the terminal, the first cell increase request message, the method further includes:
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the method before the measuring, by the terminal, the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal performs measurement on the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the cell identity information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition, Determining that the second cell is available.
  • the method before the measuring, by the terminal, the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal performs measurement on the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the second cell is available.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes an access node where the first cell is located, and a control plane anchor point corresponding to the access node, where the access node is
  • the terminal has a wireless connection, and the control plane anchor is used to control the terminal to establish a wireless connection with the access node, and interact with the second server to implement the second server to the terminal.
  • User information management; the second server is configured to perform user information management on the terminal;
  • the second base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a cell access method.
  • the first base station where the first cell is located receives the first cell increase request message sent by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell, and the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as the a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the first base station sends, to the terminal, a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection that the terminal communicates with the second cell, and instructs the terminal to configure a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message. And accessing the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends, to the terminal, a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection that the terminal communicates with the second cell, and instructs the terminal to configure a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message. And accessing the second cell, including:
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal has completed according to the configuration message a configuration of the wireless connection of the second cell communication;
  • the first base station After receiving the configuration completion message, the first base station sends a second configuration complete message to the second base station, indicating that the second base station: the terminal has completed the wireless connection with the second cell. Configuration.
  • the first base station receives the first cell increase sent by the terminal Before requesting a message, it also includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the cell identity information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and performs measurement on the second cell.
  • the result is sent to the first base station after the decision condition is met.
  • the first base station receives the first cell increase sent by the terminal Before requesting a message, it also includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to frequency information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and performs measurement on the second cell.
  • the measurement result of the quantity is sent to the first base station after satisfying the decision condition.
  • the method before the sending, by the first base station, the measurement configuration message to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first indication message sent by the first base station to the terminal indicates that the terminal: the second cell may provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, where the terminal communicates with a first cell, where the terminal includes:
  • a processing module configured to initiate a connection establishment process when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, establish a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell by using the connection establishment process, and control the terminal to establish The wireless connection accesses the second cell;
  • transceiver module configured to receive a reconfiguration message sent by the first base station where the first cell is located
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the receiving and receiving module receives the reconfiguration message, reconfigure the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, and control the wireless connection between the terminal and the reconfigured terminal
  • the second cell performs communication
  • the reconfiguration message is determined by the first base station according to a terminal access indication message received by the second base station where the second cell is located, indicating that the terminal accesses the second cell.
  • the terminal accesses the second cell, and after determining that the second base station allows the second cell to be used as a cell that communicates with the terminal, sends the second cell to the terminal.
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the reconfiguring the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, control the wireless after the terminal is reconfigured Before the connection is communicated with the second cell,
  • the processing module is further configured to: establish the wireless in controlling the terminal and the second cell Before connecting,
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the processing module And receiving, by the processing module, the measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell, and Information for determining a judgment condition as to whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: before the processing module measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, receive a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes the second Frequency information of the cell, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: before the processing module measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, receive the first indication message sent by the second base station or the first base station;
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine, according to the first indication message, that the second cell may be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell is The first cells together provide communication for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a first base station, including:
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive, by the second base station where the second cell is located, a terminal access indication message that is used by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell of the first base station to access the second cell.
  • a processing module configured to: after the receiving, by the transceiver module, the terminal access indication message, if the second base station is allowed to increase the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal, The module sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, indicating the terminal:
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module After the transceiver module receives the terminal access indication message, it is determined that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: carry the wireless connection parameter that is obtained by the terminal access indication message in the reconfiguration message, and send the parameter to the terminal through the transceiver module;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically configured to instruct the terminal to: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module After the transceiver module receives the terminal access indication message, the transceiver module is configured to send a cell addition request message to the second base station, requesting the second base station to add the second cell as the terminal Communication cell;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving and receiving module After the receiving and receiving module receives the cell increase request acknowledgement message sent by the second base station in response to the cell increase request message, determining that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a communication with the terminal. Community.
  • the cell addition request acknowledgement message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: carry the wireless connection parameter that is obtained by the cell addition request acknowledgement message in the reconfiguration message, and send the parameter to the terminal by using the transceiver module;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically configured to instruct the terminal to: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: after sending the reconfiguration message to the terminal, receive a reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal in response to the reconfiguration message;
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine, according to the reconfiguration complete message, that the terminal has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message; and control the transceiver module to send a cell addition to the second base station a message indicating that the terminal of the second base station has completed the wireless connection Reconfiguration.
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the transceiver module receives the terminal access indication message, control the transceiver module to send a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes the second cell
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the transceiver module receives the terminal access indication message, control the transceiver module to send a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes the second cell Frequency information, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available, indicating the terminal:
  • processing module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a first indication message to the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell is available to the first cell Communicate together for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes the first cell a first node and a first control node for controlling the first node, the first node being used for transmission processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a second base station, including: a processing module and a transceiver module;
  • the processing module is configured to establish, by the terminal, a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell of the second base station, and accept that the terminal accesses the wireless connection by using the wireless connection Second cell;
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the terminal accesses the second cell, control the transceiver module to send a terminal access indication message to the first base station where the first cell that is in communication with the terminal is located, The terminal needs to increase the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: after sending the terminal access indication message to the first base station, receive a cell addition complete message sent by the first base station;
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the transceiver module receives the cell addition completion message, control the transceiver module to communicate with the terminal by using the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: after sending the terminal access indication message to the first base station, receive a cell increase request message sent by the first base station, where the cell increase request message is used to request the The second base station adds the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module is further configured to: control the transceiver module in response to the cell addition request message Transmitting, by the block, a cell addition request acknowledgement message to the first base station, instructing the second base station to allow the second cell to be used as a cell that communicates with the terminal, and carrying in the cell increase request acknowledgement message Reconfiguring the wireless connection parameters of the wireless connection, instructing the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: after sending the cell increase request acknowledgement message to the first base station, receive a cell increase complete message sent by the first base station;
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the transceiver module receives the cell addition completion message, control the transceiver module to communicate with the terminal by using the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the processing module is further configured to: after the establishing the wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, control the transceiver module to send a first indication message to the terminal, indicating that the second cell is A cell together provides communication for the same terminal;
  • connection establishment process initiated by the terminal is that the terminal receives the first indication message, and determines, according to the first indication message, that the first cell can be the same as the first cell. Initiated after the terminal provides communication.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a cell access method, including:
  • connection establishment process establishing, by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell, a connection establishment process, establishing, by the connection establishment process, a wireless connection that is communicated between the terminal and the second cell, and establishing the wireless connection Accessing the second cell;
  • the terminal After receiving the reconfiguration message sent by the first base station where the first cell is located, the terminal reconfigures the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, and the reconfigured wireless connection and the first Two cells communicate;
  • the reconfiguration message is determined by the first base station according to a terminal access indication message received by the second base station where the second cell is located, indicating that the terminal accesses the second cell.
  • the terminal accesses the second cell, and after determining that the second base station allows the second cell to be used as a cell that communicates with the terminal, sends the second cell to the terminal.
  • the reconfigured wireless connection is used to communicate with the second cell.
  • the terminal reconfigures the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message
  • the reconfigured wireless connection is used to communicate with the second cell. Previously, it also included:
  • the terminal sends a reconfiguration complete message to the first base station, indicating that the terminal of the first base station has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message.
  • the method before the establishing, by the terminal, the wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the method before the measuring, by the terminal, the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal sent by the second cell, and determines, according to the measured measurement result, that the second cell is available, including:
  • the terminal performs measurement on the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the cell identity information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition, Determining that the second cell is available.
  • the method Before the measuring, by the terminal, the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal performs measurement on the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the second cell is available.
  • a fifth possible implementation before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, Also includes:
  • the terminal receives the first indication message sent by the second base station or the first base station, and the terminal determines, according to the first indication message, that the second cell can be added as a cell that communicates with itself, where The first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a cell access method, including:
  • the first base station where the first cell is located receives a terminal access indication message that is sent by the second base station where the second cell is located, and is used to indicate that the terminal that communicates with the first cell accesses the second cell;
  • the first base station After receiving the terminal access indication message, the first base station sends a message to the terminal if it is determined that the second base station allows the second cell to be a cell that communicates with the terminal. Reconfiguring a message indicating the terminal:
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • Determining, by the first base station, that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal including:
  • the first base station After receiving the terminal access indication message, the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the first base station carries the wireless connection parameter obtained in the terminal access indication message in the reconfiguration message, and sends the parameter to the terminal;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically configured to instruct the terminal to: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • Determining, by the first base station, that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal including:
  • the first base station After receiving the cell increase request acknowledgement message sent by the second base station in response to the cell increase request message, the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added to communicate with the terminal. Community.
  • the cell addition request acknowledgement message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the first base station carries the wireless connection parameter obtained in the cell addition request acknowledgement message in the reconfiguration message, and sends the parameter to the terminal;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically configured to instruct the terminal to: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the first base station sends the After reconfiguring the message, it also includes:
  • the first base station sends a cell addition complete message to the second base station, indicating that the terminal of the second base station has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identification information of the second cell, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available, and the indication information Terminal:
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available, indicating the terminal:
  • the method before the sending, by the first base station, the measurement configuration message, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a first indication message to the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • a tenth aspect of the present invention provides a cell access method, including:
  • the second base station where the second cell is located establishes a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell in the connection establishment initiated by the terminal, and accepts that the terminal accesses the second cell by using the wireless connection;
  • the second base station After the second base station accesses the second cell, the second base station sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station where the first cell in communication with the terminal is located, indicating that the terminal needs to add the second The cell acts as a cell in communication with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the second base station carries, in the terminal access indication message, a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection, instructing the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter .
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station After receiving the cell addition complete message, the second base station communicates with the terminal by using the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station sends a cell addition request acknowledgement message to the first base station, in response to the cell increase request message, to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal, And in the cell increase request acknowledgement message, carrying a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection, instructing the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station After receiving the cell addition complete message, the second base station communicates with the terminal by using the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station sends a first indication message to the terminal, indicating that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal;
  • connection establishment process initiated by the terminal is that the terminal receives the first indication message, and determines, according to the first indication message, that the first cell can be the same as the first cell. Initiated after the terminal provides communication.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node uses Transmitting processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including: a processing module and a transceiver module;
  • the processing module is configured to control the transceiver module to report the address of the terminal to the location server;
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive an Internet Protocol IP data packet sent by an application server in the Internet according to an address of the terminal;
  • the application server obtains an address of the terminal from the location server, and the location server is configured to store and provide an address of the terminal to the application server.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the processing module is specifically used to :
  • the transceiver module For each of the data transmission paths, the transceiver module is controlled to report the address of the terminal on the path by using control plane signaling.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is configured to send an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server, and report the source IP address in the sent IP data packet to the location server as the address of the terminal.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: :
  • controlling the transceiver module to send an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server through the data transmission path, and using the source IP address in the sent IP data packet as The terminal reports the address on the data transmission path to the location server.
  • the location server is a server in the Internet that is independent of the application server;
  • the location server is located in the application server.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Controlling by the transceiver module, periodically reporting the address of the terminal to the location server;
  • Controlling by the transceiver module, when the path of the terminal to the application server or the location server changes, reporting the address of the terminal to the location server.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before controlling the transceiver module to report the address of the terminal to the location server, select the accessed network according to at least one of the following factors:
  • the service type of the service to be established by the terminal is the service type of the service to be established by the terminal.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a location server, including:
  • a transceiver module configured to receive an address of the terminal reported by the terminal
  • a processing module configured to notify an application server that performs data transmission with the terminal by using an address of the terminal received by the transceiver module, so that the application server sends an Internet Protocol IP to the terminal according to an address of the terminal data pack.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module After receiving, by the transceiver module, the request message for requesting the address of the terminal sent by the application server, the address of the terminal received by the transceiver module is notified to an application server that performs data transmission with the terminal.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through an access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits a data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the location server is a server in the Internet that is independent of the application server;
  • the location server is located in the application server.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the terminal reports its own address to the location server
  • the application server obtains an address of the terminal from the location server, and the location server is configured to store and provide an address of the terminal to the application server.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server, including:
  • the terminal reports its own address through control plane signaling.
  • the terminal controls the surface information To report your own address, including:
  • the terminal For each of the data transmission paths, the terminal reports its own address on the path through control plane signaling.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server, including:
  • the terminal sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server, and reports the source IP address in the sent IP data packet to the location server as its own address.
  • the terminal reports to the location server Your own address, including:
  • the terminal For each of the plurality of data transmission paths, the terminal sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server through the data transmission path, and the source IP address in the sent IP data packet is taken as The address on the data transmission path is reported to the location server.
  • the location server is a server in the Internet that is independent of the application server;
  • the location server is located in the application server.
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal periodically reports its address to the location server; and/or
  • the terminal When the path of the terminal to the application server or the location server changes, the terminal reports its own address to the location server.
  • the method further includes: selecting, by the terminal, the accessed network according to at least one of the following factors:
  • the service type of the service to be established by the terminal is the service type of the service to be established by the terminal.
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal reports to the location server the address of the network that it selects to access.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal;
  • the location server notifies the application server that performs the data transmission with the terminal, so that the application server sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the terminal according to the address of the terminal.
  • the location server to notify the application server that performs the data transmission with the terminal by receiving the address of the terminal, includes:
  • the location server After receiving the request message sent by the application server requesting the address of the terminal, the location server notifies the received application terminal of the terminal to perform data transmission with the terminal.
  • the location server receives, by the terminal, an address of the terminal that is reported by the terminal, including:
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal that is reported by the terminal through control plane signaling.
  • the location server receives, by the terminal, the address of the terminal by using the control plane signaling, including:
  • the location server receives an address of the terminal on the path that is reported by the terminal for each of the plurality of data transmission paths between the terminal and the application server.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses One:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the location server receiving, by the terminal, the address of the terminal that is reported by the terminal includes:
  • the location server receives the IP data packet sent by the terminal, and uses the source IP address in the received IP data packet as the address of the terminal.
  • the location server receives an IP data packet sent by the terminal, and receives the received IP data packet
  • the source IP address is used as the address of the terminal, including:
  • IP data packet sent by each terminal in each of a plurality of data transmission paths existing between the terminal and the application server, and receiving the IP data packet in the IP data packet
  • the source IP address is used as the address of the terminal on the data transmission path.
  • the location server is a server in the Internet that is independent of the application server;
  • the location server is located in the application server.
  • the location server receives the terminal reported by the terminal Address, including:
  • the location server receives an address of the terminal that is reported by the terminal when a path to the application server or the location server changes.
  • the terminal autonomously selects the accessed second cell, and actively requests the first base station to add the second cell, and sends a measurement report to the terminal in the current cell handover process.
  • the base station performs the handover decision
  • a part of the processing is performed on the terminal, which can reduce the processing of the network device such as the base station, and reduce the complexity of the network device implementation.
  • the terminal first accesses the second cell, and the second base station where the second cell is located notifies the access of the terminal by the first base station.
  • the alternative solution can also implement the second cell that the terminal autonomously selects to access.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server; the location server sends the received address of the terminal to the application server for data transmission with the terminal, or an application.
  • the server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the application server sends an IP data packet to the terminal according to the obtained address of the terminal.
  • the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, so that the application server sends the IP data packet to the terminal according to the obtained address of the terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a cell handover procedure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of an optional implementation manner of a first cell access scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a second cell access scheme according to an embodiment of the present invention in a first alternative implementation manner
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a second cell access scheme according to a second alternative implementation manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a network architecture diagram of a network applicable to a data transmission scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of an optional implementation manner of a data transmission scheme according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a first first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a second first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for accessing a first cell according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a second cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a third terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a third first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first type of second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a third cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a fourth cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a fifth cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a fifth terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a first location server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a second location server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a first data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a second data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal, a base station, and a cell access method, which are used to implement autonomous access of a terminal to a cell, and solve the problem that the network device strictly controls the terminal, the network implementation is complicated, and the system is not easy to deploy and maintain.
  • an alternative includes:
  • the terminal that communicates with the first cell sends a first cell increase request message to the first base station where the first cell is located when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell; after receiving the first cell increase request message, the first base station sends a request message to the first cell.
  • the second base station where the second cell is located sends a second cell increase request message, requesting to add the second cell as the cell communicating with the terminal; and the first base station receives the cell increase request acknowledgement sent by the second base station in response to the second cell increase request message.
  • the configuration message is sent to the terminal for configuring the wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, and the terminal is instructed to configure the wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the configuration message, and access the second cell.
  • the terminal sends a measurement report, and the base station performs a handover decision.
  • the terminal autonomously selects the accessed second cell, and actively requests the first base station to increase the number.
  • part of the processing is performed at the terminal, which can reduce the processing of network devices such as base stations, and reduce the complexity of network device implementation.
  • Another option includes:
  • the terminal that communicates with the first cell accesses the second cell when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell; the second base station where the second cell is located sends the terminal to the first base station where the first cell is located after the terminal accesses the second cell An access indication message, indicating that the terminal accesses the second cell; after receiving the terminal access indication message, the first base station determines that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal, And sending a reconfiguration message to the terminal, instructing the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection established when the terminal accesses the second cell according to the reconfiguration message, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the alternative solution can also implement the second cell that the terminal chooses to access autonomously.
  • the former solution is that the terminal sends a message to the first base station, requesting access to the second cell.
  • the latter solution is that the terminal first accesses the second cell, and the second base station where the second cell is located notifies the first base station of the access of the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal, a location server, and a data transmission method, which are used to implement an application server to send an IP data packet to a terminal.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server; the location server sends the received address of the terminal to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal, or the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the application server obtains the address.
  • the address of the terminal sends an IP packet to the terminal.
  • the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, so that the application server sends the IP data packet to the terminal according to the obtained address of the terminal.
  • a wireless communication system refers to a system in which some or all of the communication links are transmitted wirelessly.
  • Common wireless communication systems typically include:
  • At least one terminal At least one terminal, a radio access network, and a core network.
  • the core network is connected to an external application server or other communication system to implement communication between the terminal and the application server and/or other communication systems, and manage user information and service quality of the terminal;
  • the wireless access network wirelessly connects to the terminal through an air interface such as a Uu interface. Realize network access of the terminal.
  • a wireless connection may also be referred to as an air interface connection, and the terminal has a wireless connection with a base station or an access node in the radio access network through which communication can be made with the base station.
  • the wireless communication system to which the embodiments of the present invention are applicable includes, but is not limited to, the following various standards:
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
  • FDD LTE Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-advanced Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • PHS Personal Handy-phone System
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • the embodiments of the present invention are directed to providing a flat network architecture.
  • the network architecture is applicable not only to various wireless communication systems currently available, but also to various communication systems of future wireless communication systems.
  • the base station is located in a radio access network in a wireless communication system, and the base station communicates with the terminal through an air interface to implement terminal access to the network.
  • the terminal can be a user equipment, including but not limited to: a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a point of sales (POS), a car computer, and the like.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • POS point of sales
  • the base station may be an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), and the terminal may be a UE; for a TD-SCDMA system or a WCDMA system, the base station may include: a Node B ( NodeB), or including a NodeB and a Radio Network Controller (RNC), the terminal may be a UE; for a GSM system; the base station may include a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), or include a BTS and a base station controller ( Base Station Controller (BSC), the terminal is a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS); for the WiFi system, the base station may include: an Access Point (AP) and/or an Access Controller (AC), the terminal Can be a site (STAtion, STA).
  • AP Access Point
  • AC Access Controller
  • the first server is configured to provide an application service to the terminal covered by the radio access network.
  • the application server provides services for the user corresponding to the terminal, and the terminal receives the service data from the application server or sends the service data to the application server.
  • It is used to manage user information for terminals covered by the radio access network, such as maintaining user subscription information, and implementing the functions of the HSS in the current EPC.
  • the user authentication, location update, and the like may also be performed according to the user information according to the requirements of the control plane anchor point.
  • the second server can be considered as part of the aforementioned core network.
  • An example of a second server may be the mobile network operator server 204 shown in Figure 2 below.
  • the user information managed by the second server may include: user subscription information, user location information, and the like; the second server stores the user information, and optionally, may also perform user authentication according to the user information according to the requirements of the control plane anchor point. , location updates, etc.
  • the first server and the second server are collectively referred to as a Business Support System.
  • the access node has a wireless connection with at least one terminal in the radio access network, and the communication between the terminal and the first server is implemented through a wireless connection with the terminal.
  • the access node may be a base station in a cellular wireless communication system (different from the WiFi system), and may include a macro base station, a small station, or even a light small station that only implements some air interface functions; or may be a WiFi AP. Wait for nodes in other WiFi systems.
  • a cellular wireless communication system different from the WiFi system
  • the small station may refer to a base station with a small communication coverage area and a maximum transmittable power, such as a small cell, a Pico Cell, a Home eNodeB, and a Home NodeB. Femto et al. Compared with the macro base station, the small station has the advantages of small power, small size, easy deployment, and the like, and can be flexibly deployed in the light pole, the billboard, and the indoor.
  • the small station can be used for wireless coverage of the blind, and can also be used to increase the capacity of the wireless access network.
  • the communication coverage radius of the small station is usually less than a preset threshold, for example: 100m, and the maximum transmittable power is usually less than a preset power threshold, for example: 10w.
  • a light-weight station can refer to a base station that does not implement a complete air interface protocol stack.
  • an LTE system is used as an example to implement only the PHY, MAC, and RLC layers in the LTE air interface protocol stack.
  • a base station that does not implement the PDCP and RRC layers can be called a lightweight type. Small station.
  • the control plane anchor can control the terminal under the coverage of the radio access network to establish a wireless connection with one or more access nodes, and implement information management of the second server pair and the terminal through information interaction with the second server. .
  • the control plane anchor point may be a base station in a cellular radio communication system, such as a macro base station, or may be a centralized control point of other control planes, for example, a controller of an access network implemented based on a Software Defined Network (SDN). .
  • SDN Software Defined Network
  • the user plane anchor may send user plane data forwarded by one or more access nodes from a terminal having a wireless connection with the one or more access nodes to the first server, and may receive from the first server
  • the user plane data sent to the terminal having a wireless connection with one or more access nodes is sent to the terminal via the access node to which the terminal is connected.
  • the user plane anchor point may be: a user plane aggregation node, such as a universal gateway (Universal GateWay, UGW).
  • UGW Universal GateWay
  • An example of the UGW may be: a local gateway (Local GateWay, LGW), and the LGW may be located inside the base station or deployed with the base station. together.
  • User plane anchors and control plane anchors can be collectively referred to as access anchors.
  • An access anchor can be both a user plane anchor and a control plane anchor, or only a user plane anchor, or just a control plane anchor.
  • Network architecture of a radio access network including an access node, a control plane anchor, and/or a user plane anchor.
  • the terminal When the network architecture is adopted, the terminal has a wireless connection with the access node, for example, an RRC connection. If there is a control plane anchor point, the access node is connected to the control plane anchor point; if there is a user plane anchor point, then The ingress node is connected to the user plane anchor point.
  • the access node If there is a control plane anchor point, the access node is connected to the control plane anchor point; if there is a user plane anchor point, then The ingress node is connected to the user plane anchor point.
  • the RRC layer is located at the highest level of the control plane of the radio access network protocol stack, and is a control plane protocol, which can provide connection management, message delivery, etc. for the non-access stratum (Non Access Statum).
  • Each low-level protocol entity of the radio access network provides a parameter configuration function, and is responsible for measurement, control, and the like related to the mobility management of the UE.
  • the first cell access solution is applicable to the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2, and the wireless communication system includes: the terminal 201, the first base station 202, and the second base station 203; and the terminal 201 and the first base station 202 The first cell communicates; wherein:
  • the terminal 201 is configured to send a first cell increase request message to the first base station 202, for example, the secondary cell increase request message sent by the terminal 201 in step S304 in FIG. 3, when the second cell is required to communicate with the second cell. ;
  • the first base station 202 is configured to send a second cell increase request message to the second base station 203 after receiving the first cell increase request message, for example, the secondary cell increase request sent by the first base station 202 in step S305 in FIG. a message requesting to add a second cell as a cell communicating with the terminal;
  • the second base station 203 is configured to: after receiving the second cell increase request message, if it is determined that the second cell can be added as the cell that communicates with the terminal 201, respond to the second cell increase request message to the first base station 202. Sending a cell addition request acknowledgement message;
  • the first base station 202 is further configured to: after receiving the cell increase request acknowledgement sent by the second base station 203 After the message is sent to the terminal 201, a configuration message for configuring the wireless connection of the terminal 201 to communicate with the second cell, such as the RRC configuration message sent by the first base station 202 in step S307 in FIG. 3;
  • the terminal 201 is further configured to: configure a wireless connection that is in communication with the second cell according to the configuration message sent by the first base station 202, and access the second cell.
  • the mobile network operator server 204 may be further included in the wireless communication system for authenticating the terminal 201.
  • the first cell access scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below with reference to the flow shown in FIG.
  • the terminal 201 accesses the first cell under the first base station 202.
  • the terminal 201 can access the first base station 202 through the RRC connection establishment process after being powered on. In the access process, the terminal 201 can report its own access capability or user preference. The first base station 202 and/or the mobile network operator server 204 will not perform mobility management and/or business continuity management for the user based on this capability or user preferences.
  • the user authentication process with the mobile network operator server 204 will be initiated after the terminal accesses.
  • the mobile network operator server 204 can send the user subscription information to the first base station 202.
  • the first base station 202 can perform QoS management of data transmission according to the user subscription information, and preferentially guarantee high priority users and/or high priority services.
  • the terminal 201 reads system information of the second cell in the second base station 203.
  • the system information includes information about a base station or a cell that can perform carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC) with the second cell.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • the base station identifier of the first base station 202 is used to indicate that the second cell can be dual-connected with any cell under the first base station 202.
  • the terminal 201 determines that the second cell can be added as the cell that communicates with itself according to the obtained system information. Therefore, the system information can also be regarded as an indication message indicating that the second cell can be the same as the first cell.
  • the terminal provides communication.
  • the indication message may also be sent by the first base station 202, where the first base station is included 202 or information of a base station or a cell in which the first cell performs carrier aggregation or dual connectivity.
  • the terminal 201 may also determine that the second cell can be added as a cell that communicates with itself according to the indication message sent by the first base station 202.
  • step S302 there may be a process of resource negotiation and interference coordination between the first base station 202 and the second base station 203, which reduces inter-station interference and improves utilization of radio resources by coordinating radio resources used between the base stations.
  • the terminal 201 detects that the second cell under the second base station 203 is available.
  • the terminal 201 discovers the second cell through network search and/or measurement and determines whether the second cell is available. Prior to this, the first base station 202 can send a measurement configuration message to the terminal 201, instructing the terminal 201 to measure which cells, and, for each measured cell, a decision threshold for determining whether the cell is available or the like. The terminal 201 may also determine according to a predefined decision criterion for determining whether the cell is available, such as a preferred wireless network type and/or a predefined cell signal strength threshold.
  • the measurement configuration message may include cell identification information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available.
  • the terminal 201 is configured to: according to the cell identifier of the second cell included in the configuration measurement message.
  • the information is used to measure the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and when the measurement result satisfies the above-mentioned decision condition, it is determined that the second cell is available.
  • the measurement configuration message may include frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available; and determining, by the terminal, the frequency information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, The wireless signal transmitted by the second cell is measured, and when the measurement result satisfies the decision condition, it is determined that the second cell is available.
  • the terminal 201 sends a secondary cell increase request message to the first base station 202.
  • the terminal 201 detects that the second cell is available, and determines, according to the information obtained in step S302, that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the terminal 201, for example, after the second cell can be dual-connected with the first cell, the terminal 201 initiates a dual-connected secondary cell addition process.
  • the secondary cell addition request message includes the secondary cell to be added, that is, the indication information of the second cell, for example, the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the second cell.
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • the secondary cell addition process and the secondary cell increase request message are all For example, as long as the message of adding the second cell as the cell communicating with the terminal 201 can be implemented, it can be applied to the first cell access scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • other message names in this solution are also only examples, and a message capable of implementing the corresponding function can be regarded as an optional implementation manner of the solution.
  • the first base station 202 sends a “secondary cell increase request” message to the second base station 203.
  • This message is used to request the addition of the second cell as a cell in communication with the terminal 201.
  • the message may include information about the second cell to be added, such as identifier information or frequency information of the second cell, and may further include uplink power between the first base station 202 and the second base station 203 for the terminal 201. Control, parameter information such as maximum bit rate negotiation, and bearer configuration information.
  • the second base station 203 sends a “secondary cell increase request acknowledgement” message to the first base station 202.
  • the second base station 203 indicates to the first base station 202 by the message that the second cell can be added as the cell communicating with the terminal 201, and the message may further include configuration information of the second base station 203 to the terminal 201.
  • the first base station 202 sends an “RRC Reconfiguration” message to the terminal 201.
  • the message is used to notify the terminal 201 to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal 201, for example, as a dual-connected secondary cell, the message may carry the configuration information acquired in step S306, and the terminal 201 may configure and The wireless connection of the second cell communication.
  • the terminal 201 sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first base station 202.
  • the message is used to indicate that the terminal 201 has completed the configuration of the wireless connection according to the configuration information in step S307, for example, indicating that the terminal 201 has configured the second cell as the dual-connection secondary cell.
  • the first base station 202 sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the second base station 203.
  • the first base station 202 After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal, the first base station 202 sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the second base station 203, indicating that the second base station 203 has configured the second cell as the dual connectivity secondary cell.
  • the terminal initiates a random access procedure to the second cell and accesses the second cell.
  • step S310 There is no strict sequence between step S310 and step S308.
  • the terminal 201 After accessing the second cell, the terminal 201 can simultaneously perform data transmission through the first cell and the second cell to implement dual connectivity.
  • the terminal 201 sends a message to the first base station 202 to request access to the second cell; in the second cell access scheme, the terminal 201 first The second cell is accessed by the second base station 203 where the second cell is located, and the access of the terminal by the first base station 202 is notified.
  • the second cell access scheme is also applicable to the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2. among them:
  • the terminal 201 is configured to initiate a connection establishment process when the second cell in the second base station 203 needs to communicate, establish a wireless connection between the second cell and the second cell through the connection establishment process, and access the wireless connection through the established wireless connection.
  • the second base station 203 is configured to: after the terminal 201 accesses the second cell, send a terminal access indication message to the first base station 202 where the first cell is located, for example, the terminal access indication message in step S405 in FIG.
  • the terminal 201 needs to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal 201;
  • the first base station 202 is configured to: after receiving the terminal access indication message sent by the second base station 203, if it is determined that the second base station 203 is allowed to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal 201, send the reconfiguration to the terminal 201.
  • a message such as the RRC reconfiguration message in step S808 in FIG. 4;
  • the terminal 201 is further configured to: reconfigure a wireless connection established when the user accesses the second cell according to the reconfiguration message, and communicate with the second cell by using the configured wireless connection.
  • the mobile network operator server 204 may be further included in the wireless communication system for authenticating the terminal 201.
  • the configuration message sent by the first base station 202 to the terminal 201 is exemplified by RRC reconfiguration.
  • the terminal 201 accesses the first cell under the first base station 202.
  • This step is the same as step S301.
  • the terminal 201 reads system information of the second cell in the second base station 203.
  • the terminal 201 detects that the second cell under the second base station 203 is available.
  • the terminal 201 initiates an RRC connection establishment process to the second cell of the second base station 203.
  • the terminal 201 establishes a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell through the initiated RRC connection establishment process, and accesses the second cell through the established wireless connection.
  • the second base station 203 sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station 202.
  • the second base station 203 may send a terminal access indication message including the terminal identifier of the terminal 201 to the first base station 202 in the process of the terminal 201 accessing the second cell or after accessing the second cell.
  • the terminal identifier of the terminal 201 may include at least one of the following identifiers:
  • the medium access control (MAC) address of the terminal 201 The medium access control (MAC) address of the terminal 201, the IP address assigned by the first base station 202 to the terminal 201, and the cell-radio network temporary identifier (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) allocated by the first base station 202 to the terminal 201 (C-RNTI), the Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (TMSI) allocated by the first base station 202 for the terminal 201, or the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).
  • C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • TMSI Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • the second base station 203 may obtain, from the first base station 202, indication information indicating whether it is necessary to transmit a terminal access indication message to the first base station 202 when the terminal 201 accesses the second base station 203.
  • the first base station 202 sends a secondary cell increase request message to the second base station 203.
  • the secondary cell addition request message may also be referred to as a cell addition request message, and the message may include the identifier information of the second cell, and is used to request the second base station 203 to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal 201.
  • the second base station 203 sends a secondary cell addition request acknowledgement message to the first base station 202.
  • the message may also be referred to as a cell addition request acknowledgement message for indicating that the second base station 203 allows the second cell to be added as a cell communicating with the terminal 201.
  • the message may include information about traffic control between the second base station 203 and the first base station 202, configuration information of the terminal 201, and the like, such as: wireless connection parameters for reconfiguring the wireless connection between the terminal 201 and the second cell. .
  • the terminal access indication message sent by the second base station 203 further includes indication information for indicating that the second base station 203 is allowed to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal 201, where the first base station 202 is Upon receiving the terminal access indication message, it may be determined according to the indication information in the message that the second base station 203 allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal 201. And optionally, the terminal access indication message may further include a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection between the terminal 201 and the second cell, where the first base station 202 obtains the wireless connection from the terminal access indication message. After the parameter, step S408 is performed.
  • the first base station 202 sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal 201.
  • the first base station 202 informs the terminal 201 by the message that the second cell is added as a cell communicating with the terminal 201, for example, as a dual-connected secondary cell.
  • the message may include the wireless connection parameter obtained by the first base station 202 from step S407, and the terminal 201 reconfigures the wireless connection with the second cell according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicates with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • the terminal 201 sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first base station 202.
  • the terminal 201 acquires a wireless connection parameter from the RRC reconfiguration message sent by the first base station 202, and after the wireless connection with the second cell is reconfigured according to the acquired wireless connection parameter, sends the RRC configuration completion message to the first base station 202. For example, after the terminal 201 configures the second cell as the dual-connected secondary cell according to the received wireless connection parameter, the terminal 201 sends the RRC burst configuration complete message to the first base station 202.
  • the first base station 202 sends a secondary cell addition complete message to the second base station 203.
  • This message may also be referred to as a cell addition complete message.
  • the second base station 203 may determine that the terminal 201 has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection with the second cell.
  • the second base station 203 can use the first base station 202 as a user plane anchor of the terminal 201, and send data from the first base station 202 to the terminal 201 to the terminal 201 through the second base station 203, or data from the terminal 201. Forwarded to the first base station 202.
  • the first base station 202 may be a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station 202 may include the first cell.
  • the second base station 203 can be a small station, a macro base station, or a Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) Access Point (AP).
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • AP Access Point
  • the cell access process may be as shown in FIG. 5, and includes the following steps:
  • the terminal 201 accesses the first cell under the first base station 202 by using an RRC connection establishment process.
  • This step is the same as step S401.
  • the first base station 202 sends the WiFi access assistance information to the terminal 201.
  • the WiFi access assistance information may include: rules and/or auxiliary parameters of the WiFi network; for example, a Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI) threshold, a selectable WiFi AP list, and a preference indication.
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication
  • S503 The terminal 201 detects that the WiFi AP 203 is available.
  • the terminal 201 may perform WiFi network access decision according to the auxiliary parameters pre-acquired in step S502 and/or rules of the WiFi network, such as an Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) policy, including: WiFi.
  • the WiFi AP 203 can be regarded as the aforementioned second base station 203.
  • Step S504 The terminal 201 accesses the WiFi network through the WiFi network access process.
  • the access procedure may include a WiFi association process and, in addition, a WiFi authentication and IP address assignment procedure.
  • Steps S505 to S510 are the same as steps S405 to S410, and are not described here.
  • the WiFi AP may also be replaced by a WiFi Access Controller (AC) or by an intermediate node between the connected cellular network and a Wireless Local Access Network (WLAN).
  • AC WiFi Access Controller
  • WLAN Wireless Local Access Network
  • the terminal 201 autonomously triggers the cell addition process, so as to implement self-management of the terminal 201 to access the network, simplify network implementation, and reduce network cost. Simultaneous user peak speed through carrier aggregation or dual connectivity Rate increase.
  • the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention can implement the application server to send an IP data packet to the terminal.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server; the location server sends the received address of the terminal to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal, or the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the application server obtains the address.
  • the address of the terminal sends an IP packet to the terminal.
  • the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 6.
  • the location server is located in the first server or the second server, or is a separate server, and is connected to the access anchor through the Internet.
  • the access anchor may include a control plane anchor and/or a user plane anchor, and the terminal may communicate with the location server through the access node and the access anchor; or in the case where the access node and the access anchor are implemented in the base station
  • the terminal can communicate with the location server directly through the base station, and the base station is connected to the location server through the Internet.
  • the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the network architecture of various radio access networks, as long as the terminal can report its own address to the location server.
  • the MME sends an update request message to the HSS, where the message includes the terminal identifier of the UE, the IMSI, the MME identifier, and the update type. .
  • the HSS sends a clear location message to the old MME containing the IMSI and cancellation type of the UE.
  • the old MME deletes the context of the terminal and replies with a confirmation message.
  • the HSS sends an update location message to the new MME, where the message includes the IMSI and subscription data of the UE. It can be seen that, in the current LTE system, the terminal location information of the HSS registration is the identifier of the MME where the terminal is currently located, the location is inaccurate, and is reported by the MME, and the UE cannot report the MME.
  • the terminal when the IP address of the terminal changes, the terminal can autonomously serve the location.
  • the device reports the address, the location is more precise, and does not require the control of other core network devices such as the MME, and the implementation is simpler.
  • the flow of the data transmission solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be as shown in FIG. 7, and includes the following steps:
  • S701 The terminal starts a new service.
  • the terminal performs network search and network access.
  • the terminal may determine the network search order and the network that ultimately selects access according to at least one of the type of the new service initiated in step S701, the QoS requirement of the new service, and the user network selection preference factor of the user corresponding to the terminal. For example: prioritize access to the WiFi network, and preferentially search for available WiFi networks. After the terminal accesses a new network, it usually gets a new address, such as an IP address.
  • the terminal reports the current address to the location server, for example, the new address obtained in step S702.
  • WeChat server a type of application server
  • WeChat server a type of application server
  • WeChat server the WeChat server needs to find the terminal A.
  • WeChat The server cooperates with the MNO server to sign the contract, and the WeChat server can query the IP address of the terminal A through the location server corresponding to the MNO server, and then communicate with the terminal A through the IP address of the terminal A that is queried.
  • IM instant messaging
  • QQ instant messaging
  • IP addresses IP addresses
  • the manner in which the terminal reports the current address includes but is not limited to the following two methods:
  • the terminal reports the current address through control plane signaling.
  • the terminal may report its own address on the path through the control plane signaling for each data transmission path.
  • the terminal sends an IP data packet to the location server, and reports the source IP address in the sent IP data packet to the location server as its own address.
  • the terminal sends an IP data packet to the location server through the data transmission path, and the IP data packet to be sent The source IP address is reported to the location server as its own address on the data transmission path.
  • the address reported by the terminal may include at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet, and the access gateway can be regarded as the entry of the terminal into the Internet.
  • multiple connections or multiple carriers share the same IP address, and at this time, the multiple connections may be considered. Or multiple carriers are a path between the terminal and the application server or location server, rather than multiple.
  • the application server may also be a multi-path aggregation server to which the application server is connected, such as a server that implements a Multipath Transmission Control Protocol (MPTCP) function.
  • MPTCP Multipath Transmission Control Protocol
  • the terminal searches for a new network and accesses the network.
  • the terminal When some or all of the current paths are unavailable or cannot meet the business needs, such as: channel quality If the amount or data rate is below the threshold, the terminal will trigger the network search and network access procedures. Similarly, the terminal determines the network search order and the network that ultimately selects access according to at least one of the current service type, the QoS requirement of the service, and the user network selection preference factor of the user corresponding to the terminal.
  • the terminal reports the current address to the location server.
  • the terminal may trigger the current address reporting process when the path to the application server or the location server is added or deleted.
  • the terminal may also periodically forward its own current address, for example, the terminal periodically sends a heartbeat packet.
  • step S703 the manner in which the terminal reports the current address includes but is not limited to the foregoing manners 1 and 2.
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal; the location server may actively notify the address of the received terminal to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal, and the application server sends the IP data to the terminal according to the received address of the terminal. package.
  • the location server may notify the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal after receiving the request message of the address of the requesting terminal sent by the application server.
  • the terminal in the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be the terminal 201 in the foregoing wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2, and the base station in FIG. 7 may be the first base station 202 or the second base station 203. Or other base stations in the wireless communication system.
  • the terminal can periodically report its own address, or report its own address when the communication path between the application server or the location server sends a change, so that the application server can obtain the terminal according to the obtained terminal.
  • the address sends an IP packet to the terminal.
  • the mobility management function of the terminal in the network architecture can be implemented, and the terminal reports its address to the location server, and the location server notifies the application of the received terminal address.
  • the server is relatively simple to implement, which simplifies network design and reduces network costs.
  • the wireless communication system, the first cell access scheme, the second cell access scheme, and the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiments of the present invention are described above.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal, a first base station, and a second base station.
  • Location server, cell access method, and data transmission method Since the principle of solving the technical problem is similar to the above-mentioned solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the implementation may refer to the implementation of the above solution, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides two types of terminals, two types of first base stations, and two cell access methods. They are described separately below.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal includes:
  • the transceiver module 801 is configured to: when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, send a first cell increase request message to the first base station where the first cell is located, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 802 is configured to: after receiving, by the transceiver module 801, a configuration message that is used by the first base station to configure a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, configure a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message; and control The terminal accesses the second cell through the configured wireless connection that communicates with the second cell.
  • processing module 802 is specifically configured to:
  • a wireless connection communicating with the second cell is configured according to the acquired wireless connection parameters.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to: after the processing module 802 configures the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message, before the control terminal accesses the second cell,
  • processing module 802 is further configured to: before the transceiver module 801 sends the first cell increase request message,
  • the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell is measured, and the second cell is determined to be available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to: send the wireless to the second cell by the processing module 802. Before the signal is measured,
  • the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module 802 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to:
  • the processing module 802 Before the processing module 802 measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell, the measurement configuration message sent by the first base station is received, and the measurement information includes the frequency information of the second cell, and the determination condition for determining whether the second cell is available. Information;
  • the processing module 802 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 801 is further configured to:
  • the processing module 802 is also used to:
  • the second cell it is determined that the second cell can be added as a cell that communicates with itself, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes an access node where the first cell is located and a control plane anchor corresponding to the access node, where the access node and the terminal have a wireless connection, and the control surface anchor
  • the point is used to control the terminal to establish a wireless connection with the access node, and realize the user information management of the second server to the terminal by interacting with the information between the second server;
  • the second server is configured to perform user information management on the terminal;
  • the second base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal includes:
  • the transceiver 901 is configured to: when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, send a first cell increase request message to the first base station where the first cell is located, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processor 902 is configured to: after receiving, by using the transceiver 901, a configuration message that is used by the first base station to configure a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, configure a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message; and control The terminal accesses the second cell through the configured wireless connection that communicates with the second cell.
  • the terminal can be implemented by using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and memories of various circuits represented by processor 902.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 901 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 902 and the transceiver 901 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • the implementation of the transceiver 901 can refer to the foregoing transceiver module 801.
  • the implementation of the processor 902 can refer to the foregoing processing module 802.
  • For other implementations of the terminal reference may be made to the implementation of the terminal 201 in the first cell access solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a first first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the first base station includes:
  • the transceiver module 1001 is configured to receive, by the terminal that communicates with the first cell of the first base station, the first a cell addition request message, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1002 is configured to control, by the transceiver module 1001, a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, and the terminal is configured to configure a wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the configuration message, and access the second cell. .
  • the transceiver module 1001 is further configured to:
  • the second cell sending request message is sent to the second base station where the second cell is located, and the request is increased.
  • the second cell serves as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 1001 receives a cell increase request acknowledgement message sent by the second base station in response to the second cell increase request message, and obtains a wireless connection parameter for configuring a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell from the cell increase request acknowledgement message;
  • the control transceiver module 1001 sends a configuration message to the terminal, and the configuration message carries the acquired wireless connection parameter, and the terminal is configured to configure the wireless connection with the second cell according to the wireless connection parameter, and access the second cell.
  • processing module 1002 is further configured to:
  • control transceiver module 1001 After the control transceiver module 1001 sends the configuration message to the terminal, after the transceiver module 1001 receives the first configuration completion message sent by the terminal in response to the configuration message, the control transceiver module 1001 sends a second configuration completion message to the second base station, indicating the second Base station: a configuration in which the terminal has completed wireless connection with the second cell;
  • the first configuration completion message is used to indicate the first base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message.
  • the processing module 1002 is further configured to: before the transceiver module 1001 receives the first cell addition request message sent by the terminal, the control transceiver module 1001 sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell. And information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell increase request message is a cell identifier of the second cell in the measurement configuration message according to the terminal
  • the information is measured by the second cell and sent to the first base station after the measurement result of the measurement performed by the second cell satisfies the decision condition.
  • the processing module 1002 is further configured to: before the transceiver module 1001 receives the first cell increase request message sent by the terminal, the control transceiver module 1001 sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, where And information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and sends the measurement result to the first base station after the measurement result of the measurement performed by the second cell satisfies the determination condition.
  • processing module 1002 is further configured to:
  • the first indication message sent by the transceiver module 1001 to the terminal is controlled, and the terminal is:
  • the second cell can provide communication with the same cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • first base station For other implementations of the first base station, reference may be made to the implementation of the first base station 202 in the first type of cell access solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a second first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the first base station includes:
  • the transceiver 1101 is configured to receive a first cell increase request message sent by a terminal that is in communication with the first cell of the first base station, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processor 1102 is configured to control the transceiver 1101 to send a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell, and instruct the terminal to configure a wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the configuration message, and access the second cell. .
  • the terminal can be implemented by using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and various circuits of memory represented by processor 1102.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 1101 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 1102 and the transceiver 1101 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • transceiver 1101 For other optional implementations of the transceiver 1101, reference may be made to the foregoing transceiver module 1001. For other optional implementations of the processor 1102, reference may be made to the foregoing processing module 1002. For other optional implementation manners of the terminal, reference may be made to the embodiment of the present invention. The implementation of the first base station 202 in the first cell access scheme provided is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for accessing a first cell according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal that communicates with the first cell sends a first cell increase request message to the first base station where the first cell is located when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, where the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second
  • the cell acts as a cell that communicates with the terminal
  • the terminal After receiving the configuration message sent by the first base station for configuring the wireless connection of the terminal and the second cell, the terminal configures a wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the configuration message.
  • S1203 The terminal accesses the second cell by using the configured wireless connection that communicates with the second cell.
  • the terminal configures a wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message, including:
  • the terminal configures a wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the acquired wireless connection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal sends a first configuration complete message to the first base station, indicating the first base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message.
  • the method before the terminal sends the first cell increase request message, the method further includes:
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the cell identifier information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines that the second cell is available when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines that the second cell is available when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal determines, according to the first indication message, that the second cell can be added as a cell that communicates with the first cell, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes an access node where the first cell is located and a control plane anchor corresponding to the access node, where the access node and the terminal have a wireless connection, and the control surface anchor
  • the point is used to control the terminal to establish a wireless connection with the access node, and realize the user information management of the second server to the terminal by interacting with the information between the second server;
  • the second server is configured to perform user information management on the terminal;
  • the second base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a second cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first base station where the first cell is located receives the first cell increase request message sent by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell, and the first cell increase request message is used to request the first base station to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the first base station sends a configuration message for configuring a wireless connection for the terminal to communicate with the second cell to the terminal, and instructs the terminal to configure a wireless connection for communicating with the second cell according to the configuration message, and access the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a second cell increase request message to the second base station where the second cell is located, requesting to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the first base station sends a configuration message for configuring the terminal to communicate with the second cell, and the terminal is configured to configure the wireless connection to communicate with the second cell according to the configuration message, and access the second cell, including:
  • the first base station sends a configuration message to the terminal, and the configuration message carries the acquired wireless connection parameter, and the terminal is configured to configure the wireless connection with the second cell according to the wireless connection parameter, and access the second cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station receives a first configuration completion message sent by the terminal in response to the configuration message, where the first configuration completion message is used to indicate that the first base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that communicates with the second cell according to the configuration message;
  • the first base station After receiving the configuration completion message, the first base station sends a second configuration completion message to the second base station, indicating that the second base station: the terminal has completed the configuration of the wireless connection that is in communication with the second cell.
  • the method before the first base station receives the first cell increase request message sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identification information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the cell identity information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and sends the measurement result to the first base station after the measurement result of the measurement performed by the second cell satisfies the determination condition.
  • the method before the first base station receives the first cell increase request message sent by the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the first cell addition request message is that the terminal performs measurement on the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell in the measurement configuration message, and sends the measurement result to the first base station after the measurement result of the measurement performed by the second cell satisfies the determination condition.
  • the method before the first base station sends the measurement configuration message to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first indication message sent by the first base station to the terminal indicates that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first cell a node and a first control node for controlling the first node, the first node is used for transmission processing between the terminal and the first control node;
  • the base station where the second cell is located is a small station, a macro base station, or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a third terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal communicates with the first cell.
  • the terminal includes:
  • the processing module 1402 is configured to initiate a connection establishment process when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, establish a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, and control the terminal to access the second cell by using the established wireless connection;
  • the transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive a reconfiguration message sent by the first base station where the first cell is located;
  • the processing module 1402 is further configured to: after receiving the reconfiguration message, the transceiver module 1401 reconfigures the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, and controls the terminal to communicate with the second cell by using the reconfigured wireless connection;
  • the reconfiguration message is that the first base station determines that the terminal accesses the second cell according to the terminal access indication message that is received by the second base station where the second cell is located, and is used to indicate that the terminal accesses the second cell, and determines that the terminal accesses the second cell.
  • the second base station allows the second cell to be added to the terminal after being the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • processing module 1402 is further configured to: before the reconfiguring the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, before controlling the terminal to communicate with the second cell by using the reconfigured wireless connection,
  • the control transceiver module 1401 sends a reconfiguration complete message to the first base station, indicating that the first base station terminal has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message.
  • the processing module 1402 is further configured to: before the control terminal establishes a wireless connection with the second cell,
  • the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell is measured, and the second cell is determined to be available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the transceiver module 1401 is further configured to:
  • the processing module 1402 Before the processing module 1402 measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the measurement configuration message sent by the first base station is received, where the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell, and the determination for determining whether the second cell is available.
  • the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell, and the determination for determining whether the second cell is available.
  • the processing module 1402 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1401 is further configured to: before the processing module 1402 measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, receive a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes the frequency information of the second cell, and Information for determining a judgment condition of whether the second cell is available;
  • the processing module 1402 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1401 is further configured to: before the processing module 1402 measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, receive the first indication message sent by the second base station or the first base station;
  • the processing module 1402 is further configured to: according to the first indication message, determine that the second cell can be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal communicates with the first cell.
  • the terminal includes:
  • the processor 1502 is configured to initiate a connection establishment process when the terminal needs to communicate with the second cell, establish a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, and control the terminal to access the second cell by using the established wireless connection;
  • the transceiver 1501 is configured to receive a reconfiguration message sent by the first base station where the first cell is located;
  • the processor 1502 is further configured to: after the transceiver 1501 receives the reconfiguration message, reconfigure the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, and control the terminal to communicate with the second cell by using the reconfigured wireless connection;
  • the reconfiguration message is that the first base station determines that the terminal accesses the second cell according to the terminal access indication message that is received by the second base station where the second cell is located, and is used to indicate that the terminal accesses the second cell, and determines that the terminal accesses the second cell.
  • the second base station allows the second cell to be added to the terminal after being the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal can be implemented by using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and various circuits of memory represented by processor 1502.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 1501 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 1502 and the transceiver 1501 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • transceiver 1501 For other optional implementation manners of the transceiver 1501, reference may be made to the foregoing transceiver module 1401.
  • processor 1502 reference may be made to the foregoing processing module 1402, and other optional implementation manners of the terminal may refer to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the implementation of the terminal 201 in the second cell access scheme provided is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a third first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 16 The first base station includes:
  • the transceiver module 1601 is configured to receive, by the second base station where the second cell is located, a terminal access indication message that is used by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell of the first base station to access the second cell.
  • the processing module 1602 is configured to: after the receiving module 1601 receives the terminal access indication message, if it is determined that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal, the control transceiver module 1601 sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, indicating terminal:
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1602 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1601 After receiving the terminal access indication message, the transceiver module 1601 determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the processing module 1602 is specifically configured to: carry the wireless connection parameter obtained in the terminal access indication message in the reconfiguration message, and send the parameter to the terminal through the transceiver module 1601;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically used to indicate the terminal: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • processing module 1602 is further configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 1601 After the transceiver module 1601 receives the terminal access indication message, the control transceiver module 1601 sends a cell addition request message to the second base station, requesting the second base station to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1602 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1601 After the transceiver module 1601 receives the cell increase request acknowledgement message sent by the second base station in response to the cell increase request message, it is determined that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the cell increase request acknowledgement message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the processing module 1602 is specifically configured to: carry the wireless connection parameter obtained in the cell addition request acknowledgement message in the reconfiguration message, and send the parameter to the terminal through the transceiver module 1601;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically used to indicate the terminal: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • the transceiver module 1601 is further configured to: after sending the reconfiguration message to the terminal, receive a reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal in response to the reconfiguration message;
  • the processing module 1602 is further configured to: determine, according to the reconfiguration complete message, that the terminal has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message; and the control transceiver module 1601 sends a cell addition complete message to the second base station, indicating that the second base station terminal has completed the wireless connection. Reconfigure.
  • the processing module 1602 is further configured to: before the transceiver module 1601 receives the terminal access indication message, the control transceiver module 1601 sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell, and is used for Determining, by the information of the judgment condition that the second cell is available, instructing the terminal:
  • the processing module 1602 is further configured to: before the transceiver module 1601 receives the terminal access indication message, the control transceiver module 1601 sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and is used for determining The information of the judgment condition of whether the second cell is available indicates the terminal:
  • processing module 1602 is further configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 1601 Before the control transceiver module 1601 sends the measurement configuration message, the control transceiver module 1601 sends a first indication message to the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can be together with the first cell.
  • the same terminal provides communication.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • first base station For other implementations of the first base station, reference may be made to the implementation of the first base station 202 in the second cell access solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the first base station includes:
  • the transceiver 1701 is configured to receive, by the second base station where the second cell is located, a terminal access indication message that is used by the terminal that is in communication with the first cell of the first base station to access the second cell.
  • the processor 1702 is configured to: after the transceiver 1701 receives the terminal access indication message, if it is determined that the second base station allows the second cell to be the cell that communicates with the terminal, the control transceiver 1701 sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, indicating terminal:
  • the terminal can be implemented by using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and various circuits of memory represented by processor 1702.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 1701 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 1702 and the transceiver 1701 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • the implementation of the transceiver 1701 can refer to the foregoing transceiver module 1601.
  • the implementation of the processor 1702 can refer to the foregoing processing module 1602.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first type of second base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 18, the second base station includes: a processing module 1802 and a transceiver module 1801;
  • the processing module 1802 is configured to establish a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell of the second base station in the connection establishment process initiated by the terminal, and accept the terminal to access the second cell by using the wireless connection;
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to: after the terminal accesses the second cell, the control transceiver module 1801 sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station where the first cell in communication with the terminal is located, indicating that the terminal needs to add the second cell as the terminal The cell of communication.
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1802 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal access indication message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection, and instructs the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is further configured to: after sending the terminal access indication message to the first base station, receive a cell addition complete message sent by the first base station;
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to: after the transceiver module 1801 receives the cell addition complete message, control the transceiver module 1801 to communicate with the terminal through the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is further configured to: after sending the terminal access indication message to the first base station, receive a cell increase request message sent by the first base station, where the cell increase request message is used to request the second base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to: in response to the cell increase request message, the control transceiver module 1801 sends a cell increase request acknowledgement message to the first base station, instructing the second base station to allow the second cell to be added as a cell for communicating with the terminal, and adding in the cell
  • the request confirmation message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection, and instructs the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure according to the wireless connection parameter. Set up a wireless connection.
  • the transceiver module 1801 is further configured to: after receiving the cell increase request acknowledgement message to the first base station, receive a cell increase complete message sent by the first base station;
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to: after the transceiver module 1801 receives the cell addition complete message, control the transceiver module 1801 to communicate with the terminal through the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the processing module 1802 is further configured to: before the establishing the wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, the control transceiver module 1801 sends a first indication message to the terminal, indicating that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal. ;
  • the terminal initiates a connection establishment process, after the terminal receives the first indication message, and determines, according to the first indication message, that the first cell can provide communication with the first cell to provide communication for the terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the second base station For other implementations of the second base station, reference may be made to the implementation of the second base station 203 in the second cell access solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second second base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second base station includes: a processor 1902 and a transceiver 1901;
  • the processor 1902 is configured to establish a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell of the second base station in the connection establishment process initiated by the terminal, and accept the terminal to access the second cell by using the wireless connection;
  • the processor 1902 is further configured to: after the terminal accesses the second cell, the control transceiver 1901 sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station where the first cell in communication with the terminal is located, indicating that the terminal needs to add the second cell as the terminal The cell of communication.
  • the second base station can be implemented by using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1902 and various circuits of memory.
  • the bus architecture also links various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits. It is well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 1901 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the second base station may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 1902 and the transceiver 1901 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • the implementation of the transceiver 1901 can refer to the foregoing transceiver module 1801.
  • the implementation of the processor 1902 can refer to the foregoing processing module 1802.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a third cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal After receiving the reconfiguration message sent by the first base station where the first cell is located, the terminal reconfigures the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message, and communicates with the second cell by using the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the reconfiguration message is that the first base station determines that the terminal accesses the second cell according to the terminal access indication message that is received by the second base station where the second cell is located, and is used to indicate that the terminal accesses the second cell, and determines that the terminal accesses the second cell.
  • the second base station allows the second cell to be added to the terminal after being the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal sends a reconfiguration complete message to the first base station, indicating that the first base station terminal has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection according to the reconfiguration message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes cell identifier information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal sent by the second cell, and determines, according to the measured measurement result, that the second cell is available, including:
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the cell identifier information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines that the second cell is available when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal Receiving, by the terminal, a measurement configuration message sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available;
  • the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, and determines that the second cell is available according to the measured measurement result, including:
  • the terminal measures the radio signal transmitted by the second cell according to the frequency information of the second cell included in the measurement configuration message, and determines that the second cell is available when the measured measurement result satisfies the judgment condition.
  • the method before the terminal measures the wireless signal transmitted by the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the terminal receives the first indication message sent by the second base station or the first base station, and the terminal determines, according to the first indication message, that the second cell can be added as the cell that communicates with the first cell, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell is available.
  • a cell together provides communication for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a fourth cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 21, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first base station where the first cell is located receives a terminal access indication message that is sent by the second base station where the second cell is located, and is used to indicate that the terminal that communicates with the first cell accesses the second cell.
  • the first base station After receiving the terminal access indication message, the first base station, if it is determined that the second base station is allowed to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal, sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, instructing the terminal to: reconfigure according to the reconfiguration message.
  • the wireless connection established when the terminal accesses the second cell, and communicates with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal, including:
  • the first base station After receiving the terminal access indication message, the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the first base station sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, including:
  • the first base station carries the wireless connection parameter obtained in the terminal access indication message in the reconfiguration message, and sends the parameter to the terminal;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically used to indicate the terminal: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a cell addition request message to the second base station, requesting the second base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal include:
  • the first base station After receiving the cell increase request acknowledgement message sent by the second base station in response to the cell increase request message, the first base station determines that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the cell increase request acknowledgement message carries a wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection
  • the first base station sends a reconfiguration message to the terminal, including:
  • the first base station carries the wireless connection parameter obtained in the cell addition request acknowledgement message in the reconfiguration message, and sends the parameter to the terminal;
  • the reconfiguration message is specifically used to indicate the terminal: reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter, and communicate with the second cell through the configured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a cell addition complete message to the second base station, indicating that the second base station terminal has completed reconfiguration of the wireless connection.
  • the method before the receiving, by the first base station, the terminal access indication message, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes the cell identity information of the second cell, and the information about the determination condition for determining whether the second cell is available, and the indication terminal:
  • the method before the receiving, by the first base station, the terminal access indication message, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration message to the terminal, where the measurement configuration message includes frequency information of the second cell, and information for determining a condition for determining whether the second cell is available, and indicates to the terminal:
  • the method before the first base station sends the measurement configuration message, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a first indication message to the terminal, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a fifth cell access method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the method includes the following steps:
  • S2201 The second base station where the second cell is located establishes a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell in the connection establishment process initiated by the terminal, and accepts that the terminal accesses the second cell by using a wireless connection;
  • the second base station After the terminal accesses the second cell, the second base station sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station where the first cell in communication with the terminal is located, indicating that the terminal needs to add the second cell as the cell that communicates with the terminal.
  • the terminal access indication message is further used to indicate that the second base station allows the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the second base station sends a terminal access indication message to the first base station, including:
  • the second base station carries the wireless connection parameter for reconfiguring the wireless connection in the terminal access indication message, and instructs the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station After receiving the cell addition complete message, the second base station communicates with the terminal through the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station receives the cell increase request message sent by the first base station, and uses the cell increase request message. And requesting the second base station to add the second cell as a cell that communicates with the terminal;
  • the second base station sends a cell addition request acknowledgement message to the first base station, in response to the cell increase request message, instructing the second base station to allow the second cell to be added as a cell that communicates with the terminal, and carries the message in the cell increase request acknowledgement message for re-
  • the wireless connection parameter of the wireless connection is configured to instruct the first base station to notify the terminal to reconfigure the wireless connection according to the wireless connection parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station After receiving the cell addition complete message, the second base station communicates with the terminal through the reconfigured wireless connection.
  • the method before the second base station establishes a wireless connection between the terminal and the second cell, the method further includes:
  • the second base station sends a first indication message to the terminal, indicating that the second cell can provide communication with the first cell for the same terminal;
  • the terminal initiates a connection establishment process, after the terminal receives the first indication message, and determines, according to the first indication message, that the first cell can provide communication with the first cell to provide communication for the terminal.
  • the first base station is a macro base station or a small station; or the first base station includes a first node where the first cell is located and a first control node for controlling the first node, where the first node is used for the terminal and the first control Transmission processing between nodes;
  • the second base station is a small station, a macro base station or a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a fifth terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 23, the terminal includes: a processing module 2302 and a transceiver module 2301;
  • the processing module 2302 is configured to control the transceiver module 2301 to report the address of the terminal to the location server.
  • the transceiver module 2301 is configured to receive an Internet Protocol IP data packet sent by an application server in the Internet according to an address of the terminal;
  • the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the location server uses Store and provide the address of the terminal to the application server.
  • processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 2301 reports the address of the terminal through the control plane signaling.
  • the processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • control transceiver module 2301 For each data transmission path, the control transceiver module 2301 reports the address of the terminal on the path through the control plane signaling.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 2301 sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server, and reports the source IP address of the sent IP data packet to the location server as the address of the terminal.
  • the processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • control transceiver module 2301 transmits an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server through the data transmission path, and uses the source IP address in the sent IP data packet as the terminal in the data. The address on the transmission path is reported to the location server.
  • the location server is an application server independent server on the Internet; or
  • the location server is located in the application server.
  • processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 2301 periodically reports the address of the terminal to the location server; and/or
  • the control transceiver module 2301 reports the address of the terminal to the location server when the path of the terminal to the application server or the location server changes.
  • the processing module 2302 is further configured to: before the control transceiver module 2301 reports the address of the terminal to the location server, select the accessed network according to at least one of the following factors:
  • the type of service of the service to be established by the terminal is the type of service of the service to be established by the terminal.
  • the preset terminal preferably accesses the network
  • the processing module 2302 is specifically configured to:
  • the control transceiver module 2301 reports to the location server the address of the network that each terminal selects to access.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a sixth terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 24, the terminal includes:
  • the processor 2402 and the transceiver 2401 are The processor 2402 and the transceiver 2401;
  • the processor 2402 is configured to control the transceiver 2401 to report the address of the terminal to the location server.
  • the transceiver 2401 is configured to receive an Internet Protocol IP data packet sent by an application server in the Internet according to an address of the terminal;
  • the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the location server is configured to store and provide the address of the terminal to the application server.
  • the terminal can be implemented using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and various circuits of memory represented by processor 2402.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 2401 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 2402 and the transceiver 2401 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • processor 2402 For other optional implementations of the processor 2402, reference may be made to the foregoing processing module 2302. Other optional implementation manners of the transceiver 2401 may refer to the foregoing transceiver module 2301. Other optional implementation manners of the terminal may refer to the embodiment of the present invention. The implementation of the terminal in the provided data transmission scheme will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a first location server according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 25, the location server includes:
  • the transceiver module 2501 is configured to receive an address of the terminal reported by the terminal.
  • the processing module 2502 is configured to notify the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal of the terminal received by the transceiver module 2501, so that the application server sends the Internet Protocol IP data packet to the terminal according to the address of the terminal.
  • processing module 2502 is specifically configured to:
  • the address of the terminal received by the transceiver module 2501 is notified to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 2501 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving terminal reports the address of the terminal through the control plane signaling.
  • the transceiver module 2501 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving terminal has an address of the terminal on the path reported by the control plane signaling for each of the plurality of data transmission paths between the terminal and the application server.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the transceiver module 2501 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 2501 is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving terminal respectively transmits an IP data packet sent by each of the plurality of data transmission paths existing between the terminal and the application server, and transmits the received source IP address in the IP data packet as the terminal in the data transmission.
  • the address on the path is the address on the path.
  • the location server is an application server independent server in the Internet; or the location server is located in the application server.
  • the transceiver module 2501 is specifically configured to:
  • the location server in the data transmission scheme provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a second location server according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 26, the location server includes:
  • the transceiver 2601 is configured to receive an address of the terminal reported by the terminal.
  • the processor 2602 is configured to notify an application server that performs data transmission between the terminal and the terminal received by the transceiver 2601, so that the application server sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the terminal according to the address of the terminal.
  • the location server can be implemented using the bus architecture shown in FIG.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors and various circuits of memory represented by processor 2602.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 2601 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • User interface can also be used for different user devices It is an interface that can be externally connected to the required device, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the location server may also be implemented without using a bus architecture.
  • the processor 2602 and the transceiver 2601 are directly connected, and do not communicate through a bus.
  • transceiver 2601 For other optional implementations of the transceiver 2601, reference may be made to the foregoing transceiver module 2501. Other optional implementation manners of the processor 2602 may refer to the foregoing processing module 2502. Other optional implementation manners of the location server may be implemented by referring to the implementation of the present invention. The location server in the data transmission scheme provided in the example will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a first data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 27, the method includes the following steps:
  • S2701 The terminal reports its own address to the location server.
  • the terminal receives an Internet Protocol IP data packet sent by the application server in the Internet according to the address of the terminal; wherein the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the location server is configured to store and provide the address of the terminal to the application server.
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal reports its own address through control plane signaling.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal through the control plane signaling, including:
  • the terminal For each data transmission path, the terminal reports its own address on the path through control plane signaling.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server, and reports the source IP address in the sent IP data packet to the location server as its own address.
  • the terminal reports the address of the terminal to the location server, including:
  • the terminal For each of the plurality of data transmission paths, the terminal sends an Internet Protocol IP data packet to the location server through the data transmission path, and the source IP address in the sent IP data packet is used as the data transmission path on the data transmission path. The address is reported to the location server.
  • the location server is an application server independent server in the Internet; or the location server is located in the application server.
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal periodically reports its own address to the location server; and/or
  • the terminal When the path of the terminal changes to the application server or the location server, the terminal reports its own address to the location server.
  • the method further includes: selecting, by the terminal, the accessed network according to at least one of the following factors:
  • the type of service of the service to be established by the terminal is the type of service of the service to be established by the terminal.
  • the preset terminal preferably accesses the network
  • the terminal reports its address to the location server, including:
  • the terminal reports to the location server the address of the network that it chooses to access.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a second data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 28, the method includes the following steps:
  • S2801 The location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal.
  • S2802 The location server notifies the application server of the received terminal with the terminal to perform data transmission, so that the application server sends the Internet Protocol IP data packet to the terminal according to the address of the terminal.
  • the location server notifies the application server that receives the address of the terminal and performs data transmission with the terminal, including:
  • the location server After receiving the request message of the address of the requesting terminal sent by the application server, the location server notifies the address of the received terminal to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal.
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal, including:
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal through the control plane signaling.
  • the location server receives, by the control plane, the address of the terminal by using the control plane signaling, including:
  • the location server receives, for each of the plurality of data transmission paths between the terminal and the application server, the address of the terminal reported by the control plane signaling on the path.
  • the address of the terminal includes at least one of the following addresses:
  • the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the IP address of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected is the identifier of the access gateway to which the terminal is connected
  • the terminal accesses the Internet through the access gateway connected to the terminal, and transmits the data packet to the application server in the Internet.
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal, including:
  • the location server receives the IP data packet sent by the terminal, and uses the source IP address in the received IP data packet as the address of the terminal.
  • the location server receives the IP data packet sent by the terminal, and uses the source IP address in the received IP data packet as the address of the terminal, including:
  • the location server receives the IP data packet sent by the terminal through each of the plurality of data transmission paths existing between the terminal and the application server, and uses the source IP address in the received IP data packet as the terminal in the strip. The address on the data transfer path.
  • the location server is an application server independent server in the Internet; or the location server is located in the application server.
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal, including:
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal periodically reported by the terminal; and/or
  • the location server receives the address of the terminal reported by the terminal when the path to the application server or the location server changes.
  • the terminal autonomously selects the second cell to be accessed, and actively requests the first base station to add the second cell, and the terminal sends a measurement report in the process of the current cell handover, and is performed by the base station.
  • the terminal autonomously selects the second cell to be accessed, and actively requests the first base station to add the second cell, and the terminal sends a measurement report in the process of the current cell handover, and is performed by the base station.
  • a part of the foregoing solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is disposed in the terminal, which can reduce the processing of the network device such as the base station, and reduce the complexity of the network device implementation.
  • the terminal may first access the second cell, and the second base station where the second cell is located may notify the first base station of the access of the terminal.
  • the alternative solution can also implement the second cell that the terminal autonomously selects to access.
  • the terminal reports its own address to the location server; the location server sends the received address of the terminal to the application server that performs data transmission with the terminal, or the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, and the application server according to the application server
  • the obtained address of the terminal transmits an IP packet to the terminal.
  • the application server obtains the address of the terminal from the location server, so that the application server sends the IP data packet to the terminal according to the obtained address of the terminal.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

本发明涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法,解决网络设备严格控制终端,实现复杂的问题。在本发明实施例提供的一种终端中,处理模块在终端需要与第二小区通信时建立终端与第二小区通信的无线连接,控制终端接入第二小区;收发模块接收第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息;处理模块在收发模块收到重配置消息后,根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接,并控制终端通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信。与目前的小区切换的流程中终端发送测量报告,由基站进行切换判决的方案相比,一部分处理放在终端进行,可减少基站等网络设备的处理,降低网络设备实现的复杂度。

Description

一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法
本申请要求在2015年6月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201510374668.7、发明名称为“一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本发明涉及无线通信技术,尤其涉及一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法。
背景技术
在诸如长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)等无线通信系统中,通常终端所处的状态包括:无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接态和空闲态两种,终端在这两种状态下的移动性都受到LTE系统中的网络设备,比如:基站的控制。
当终端处于RRC连接态而在小区间移动时,由网络设备决定该终端是否切换到新的小区,并在切换的源小区和目标小区间进行小区切换的准备,然后通知终端接入到目标小区。
如图1所示,源基站向终端发送测量配置消息,控制终端对源小区和邻小区进行无线测量,终端在从源小区向目标小区移动的过程中,在满足测量配置消息所指示的条件下,向源基站发送测量报告,源基站进行切换判决,并向目标小区所在的目标基站发送切换请求,在收到目标基站的切换请求确认后,向终端发送切换命令,指示终端从源小区切换到目标小区。
处于RRC连接态的终端不能发起新的RRC连接建立过程,从而接入一个新的小区;而必须由网络设备,比如:基站或诸如移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)等核心网设备来判断是否需要为终端增加新的小 区,以提高终端最大峰值速率。
处于空闲态的终端若要进入RRC连接态以进行数据传输,则只能接入到当前驻留的小区,而不能接入到其他小区。
当终端处于空闲态而在小区间移动时,终端将根据当前驻留小区的小区重选规则和进入RRC连接状态的最后一个小区提供的小区重选规则判断是否进行小区重选,以及重选到哪个小区。这些小区重选规则也是网络设备规定的,终端严格按照网络设备的小区重选规则进行小区重选。
综上,在目前的诸如LTE等无线通信系统中,终端的RRC状态迁移、移动性管理,比如:小区切换、小区重选,以及小区接入等过程,均需在网络设备控制下进行,终端严格按照网络设备的指示操作。
上述网络设备严格控制终端的方式虽然便于网络设备对终端的统一管理,但却存在网络实现复杂、不易于部署和维护的缺点。
发明内容
有鉴于此,本发明实施例提供一种终端、基站和小区接入方法,用以实现终端自主接入小区,解决上述网络设备严格控制终端,网络实现复杂,不易于部署和维护的问题。
第一方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端,所述终端与第一小区通信,所述终端包括:
收发模块,用于在所述终端需要与第二小区通信时,向所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
处理模块,用于在通过所述收发模块收到所述第一基站发送的用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照所述配置消息配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接;并控制所述终端通过配置后的与所述第二小区通信的无线连接接入所述第二小区。
结合第一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:
从所述配置消息中获取用于配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
根据获取的所述无线连接参数配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于:在处理模块按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接之后,控制所述终端接入所述第二小区之前,
向所述第一基站发送第一配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站:所述终端已根据所述配置消息完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
结合第一方面,或第一方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块发送所述第一小区增加请求消息之前,
对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于:在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,
接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述处理模块具体用于:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:
在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的 频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述处理模块具体用于:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第一方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:
在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站或第二小区所在的第二基站发送的第一指示消息;
所述处理模块还用于:
根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的接入节点和所述接入节点对应的控制面锚点,所述接入节点与所述终端具有无线连接,所述控制面锚点用于控制所述终端与所述接入节点建立无线连接,并通过与第二服务器之间的信息交互,实现所述第二服务器对所述终端的用户信息管理;所述第二服务器用于对所述终端进行用户信息管理;
所述第二小区所在的第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第二方面,本发明实施例提供第一基站,包括:
收发模块,用于接收与所述第一基站的第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
结合第二方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:
在接收所述第一小区增加请求消息之后,向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息之前,向所述第二小区所在的第二基站发送第二小区增加请求消息,请求增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
所述处理模块具体用于:
控制所述收发模块接收所述第二基站响应于所述第二小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息;从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;并控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送所述配置消息,在所述配置消息中携带获取的所述无线连接参数,指示所述终端按照所述无线连接参数配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:
在控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送所述配置消息之后,在所述收发模块收到所述终端响应于所述配置消息发送的第一配置完成消息之后,控制所述收发模块向所述第二基站发送第二配置完成消息,指示所述第二基站:所述终端已完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置;
其中,所述第一配置完成消息用于指示所述第一基站:所述终端已根据所述配置消息完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
结合第二方面,或第二方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端发送的所述第一小 区增加请求消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述第一小区增加请求消息是所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区进行测量,并在对所述第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件之后向所述第一基站发送的。
结合第二方面,或第二方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端发送的所述第一小区增加请求消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述第一小区增加请求消息是所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区进行测量,并在对所述第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件之后向所述第一基站发送的。
结合第二方面的第三种或第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:
在控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送所述测量配置消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送的第一指示消息,指示所述终端:
所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第二方面,或第二方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二小区所在的基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第三方面,本发明实施例提供一种小区接入方法,
与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
所述终端在收到所述第一基站发送的用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接;
所述终端通过配置后的与所述第二小区通信的无线连接接入所述第二小区。
结合第三方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,包括:
所述终端从所述配置消息中获取用于配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述终端根据获取的所述无线连接参数配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接之后,接入所述第二小区之前,还包括:
所述终端向所述第一基站发送第一配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站:所述终端已根据所述配置消息完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
结合第三方面,或第三方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端发送所述第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中 包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第三发面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第一基站或第二小区所在的第二基站发送的第一指示消息;
所述终端根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第三方面,或第三方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的接入节点和所述接入节点对应的控制面锚点,所述接入节点与所述终端具有无线连接,所述控制面锚点用于控制所述终端与所述接入节点建立无线连接,并通过与第二服务器之间的信息交互,实现所述第二服务器对所述终端的用户信息管理;所述第二服务器用于对所述终端进行用户信息管理;
所述第二小区所在的第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第四方面,本发明实施例提供一种小区接入方法,
第一小区所在的第一基站接收与所述第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
所述第一基站向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
结合第四方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,
在所述第一基站接收所述第一小区增加请求消息之后,向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述第二小区所在的第二基站发送第二小区增加请求消息,请求增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
所述第一基站向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区,包括:
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站响应于所述第二小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息;
所述第一基站从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述配置消息,在所述配置消息中携带获 取的所述无线连接参数,指示所述终端按照所述无线连接参数配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,在第二种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述配置消息之后,还包括:
所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述配置消息发送的第一配置完成消息,所述第一配置完成消息用于指示所述第一基站:所述终端已根据所述配置消息完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置;
所述第一基站在收到所述配置完成消息后,向所述第二基站发送第二配置完成消息,指示所述第二基站:所述终端已完成与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
结合第四方面,或第四方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站接收所述终端发送的所述第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述第一小区增加请求消息是所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区进行测量,并在对所述第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件之后向所述第一基站发送的。
结合第四方面,或第四方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站接收所述终端发送的所述第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述第一小区增加请求消息是所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区进行测量,并在对所述第二小区进行测 量的测量结果满足所述判决条件之后向所述第一基站发送的。
结合第四方面的第三种或第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述测量配置消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送的第一指示消息,指示所述终端:所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第四方面,或第四方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二小区所在的基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第五方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端,所述终端与第一小区通信,所述终端包括:
处理模块,用于在所述终端需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过所述连接建立过程建立所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并控制所述终端通过建立的所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
收发模块,用于接收所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息;
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述重配置消息后,根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接,并控制所述终端通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信;
其中,所述重配置消息是所述第一基站根据从所述第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示所述终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定所述终端接入所述第二小区,并在确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区后,向所述终端发送的。
结合第五方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:在根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接之后,控制所述终端通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信之前,
控制所述收发模块向所述第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成对所述无线连接的重新配置。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:在控制所述终端与所述第二小区建立所述无线连接之前,
对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:
在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述处理模块具体用于:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述处理模块具体用于:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第五方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第二基站或所述第一基站发送的第一指示消息;
所述处理模块还用于:根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第五方面,或第五方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第六方面,本发明实施例提供第一基站,包括:
收发模块,用于接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与所述第一基站的第一小区通信的终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
处理模块,用于在所述收发模块收到所述终端接入指示消息之后,若确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,则控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送重配置消息,指示所述终端:
根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述终端接入所述第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第六方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,
所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述处理模块具体用于:
在所述收发模块收到所述终端接入指示消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述处理模块具体用于:将从所述终端接入指示消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,通过所述收发模块发给所述终端;
所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第六方面,在第三种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:
在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之后,控制所述收发模块向所述第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述处理模块具体用于:
在所述收发模块收到所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,
所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述处理模块具体用于:将从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,通过所述收发模块发给所述终端;
所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第六方面,或第六方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在向所述终端发送所述重配置消息之后,接收所述终端响应于所述重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
所述处理模块还用于:根据所述重配置完成消息确定所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成所述无线连接的重新配置;控制所述收发模块向所述第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示所述第二基站所述终端已完成所述无线连 接的重新配置。
结合第六方面,或第六方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第六方面,或第六方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第六方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:
在控制所述收发模块发送所述测量配置消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送第一指示消息,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第六方面,或第六方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第九种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在 的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第七方面,本发明实施例提供第二基站,包括:处理模块和收发模块;
所述处理模块,用于在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立所述终端与所述第二基站的所述第二小区的无线连接,并接受所述终端通过所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
所述处理模块还用于:在所述终端接入所述第二小区之后,控制所述收发模块向与所述终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示所述终端需要增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区。
结合第七方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述处理模块具体用于:
在所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述小区增加完成消息后,控制所述收发模块通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
结合第七方面,在第三种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,所述小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述处理模块还用于:响应于所述小区增加请求消息,控制所述收发模 块向所述第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,并在所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
结合第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述小区增加请求确认消息之后,收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述小区增加完成消息后,控制所述收发模块通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
结合第七方面,或第七方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送第一指示消息,指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
所述终端发起的所述连接建立过程,是所述终端在收到所述第一指示消息,并根据所述第一指示消息确定所述第一小区可与所述第一小区一起为所述终端提供通信之后发起的。
结合第七方面,或第七方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第八方面,本发明实施例提供一种小区接入方法,包括:
与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过所述连接建立过程建立所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并通过建立的所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
所述终端在收到所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息后,根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接,并通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信;
其中,所述重配置消息是所述第一基站根据从所述第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示所述终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定所述终端接入所述第二小区,并在确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区后,向所述终端发送的。
结合第八方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接之后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信之前,还包括:
所述终端向所述第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成对所述无线连接的重新配置。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端与所述第二小区建立所述无线连接之前,还包括:
所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述终端对所述第二小区发送的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中, 在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第八方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
所述终端接收所述第二基站或所述第一基站发送的第一指示消息,所述终端根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第八方面,或第八方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第九方面,本发明实施例提供一种小区接入方法,包括:
第一小区所在的第一基站接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与所述第一小区通信的终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
所述第一基站在收到所述终端接入指示消息之后,若确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,则向所述终端发送 重配置消息,指示所述终端:
根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述终端接入所述第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第九方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述第一基站确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,包括:
所述第一基站在收到所述终端接入指示消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
结合第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述第一基站向所述终端发送重配置消息,包括:
所述第一基站将从所述终端接入指示消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,发给所述终端;
所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第九方面,在第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述第一基站确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,包括:
所述第一基站在收到所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
结合第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
所述第一基站向所述终端发送重配置消息,包括:
所述第一基站将从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,发给所述终端;
所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
结合第九方面,或第九方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述重配置消息之后,还包括:
所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
所述第一基站根据所述重配置完成消息确定所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成所述无线连接的重新配置;
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示所述第二基站所述终端已完成所述无线连接的重新配置。
结合第九方面,或第九方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第九方面,或第九方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
结合第九方面的第六种或第七种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一基站发送所述测量配置消息之前,所述方法还包括:
所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一指示消息,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
结合第九方面,或第九方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第九种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第十方面,本发明实施例提供一种小区接入方法,包括:
第二小区所在的第二基站在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接,并接受所述终端通过所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
所述第二基站在所述终端接入所述第二小区之后,向与所述终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示所述终端需要增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区。
结合第十方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息,包括:
所述第二基站在所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
结合第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,在所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
所述第二基站在收到所述小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
结合第十方面,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,所述小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息,向所述第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,并在所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
结合第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述小区增加请求确认消息之后,还包括:
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
所述第二基站在收到所述小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
结合第十方面,或第十方面的第一种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第五种可能的实现方式中,
在所述第二基站建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接之前,还包括:
所述第二基站向所述终端发送第一指示消息,指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
所述终端发起的所述连接建立过程,是所述终端在收到所述第一指示消息,并根据所述第一指示消息确定所述第一小区可与所述第一小区一起为所述终端提供通信之后发起的。
结合第十方面,或第十方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述第一基站为宏基站或小站;或所述第一基站包括所述第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制所述第一节点的第一控制节点,所述第一节点用于所述终端和所述第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
所述第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
第十一方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端,包括:处理模块和收发模块;
所述处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块向位置服务器上报所述终端的地址;
所述收发模块,用于接收互联网中的应用服务器根据所述终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
其中,所述应用服务器是从所述位置服务器处获得所述终端的地址的,所述位置服务器用于存储并向所述应用服务器提供所述终端的地址。
结合第十一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:
控制所述收发模块通过控制面信令上报所述终端的地址。
结合第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,若所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则所述处理模块具体用于:
针对每一个所述数据传输路径,控制所述收发模块通过控制面信令上报所述终端在该路径上的地址。
结合第十一方面,或第十一方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在 第三种可能的实现方式中,所述终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
所述终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,所述终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的所述应用服务器之间传输数据包。
结合第十一方面,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:
控制所述收发模块向所述位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端的地址上报给所述位置服务器。
结合第十一方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,若所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则所述处理模块具体用于:
对于所述多条数据传输路径中的每一条,控制所述收发模块通过该条数据传输路径上向所述位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址上报给所述位置服务器。
结合第十一方面,或第十一方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述位置服务器为互联网中独立于所述应用服务器的服务器;或
所述位置服务器位于所述应用服务器中。
结合第十一方面,或第十一方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中,的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块具体用于:
控制所述收发模块周期性向所述位置服务器上报所述终端的地址;和/或
控制所述收发模块在所述终端到所述应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时,向所述位置服务器上报所述终端的地址。
结合第十一方面,或第十一方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中, 的任一种,在第八种可能的实现方式中,
所述处理模块还用于:在控制所述收发模块向位置服务器上报所述终端的地址之前,根据下列因素中的至少一个选择接入的网络:
所述终端要建立的业务的业务类型;
所述终端要建立的业务的业务质量QoS要求;
预设的所述终端优选接入的网络;
所述处理模块具体用于:
控制所述收发模块向所述位置服务器上报所述终端在每一个选择接入的网络的地址。
第十二方面,本发明实施例提供一种位置服务器,包括:
收发模块,用于接收终端上报的所述终端的地址;
处理模块,用于将所述收发模块接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使所述应用服务器根据所述终端的地址,向所述终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
结合第十二方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:
在通过所述收发模块收到所述应用服务器发送的请求所述终端的地址的请求消息后,将所述收发模块接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器。
结合第十二方面,或第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块具体用于:
接收所述终端通过控制面信令上报所述终端的地址。
结合第十二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块具体用于:
接收所述终端针对所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径中的每一个数据传输路径,通过控制面信令上报的所述终端在该路径上的地址。
结合第十二方面,或第十二方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的 任一种,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
所述终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,所述终端通过所述终端连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的所述应用服务器之间传输数据包。
结合第十二方面,或第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块具体用于:
接收所述终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端的地址。
结合第十二方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块具体用于:
接收所述终端分别通过所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在的多条数据传输路径中的每一条数据传输路径发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址。
结合第十二方面,或第十二方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述位置服务器为互联网中独立于所述应用服务器的服务器;或
所述位置服务器位于所述应用服务器中。
结合第十二方面,或第十二方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第八种可能的实现方式中,
所述收发模块具体用于:
接收所述终端周期性上报的所述终端的地址;和/或
接收所述终端在到所述应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时上报的所述终端的地址。
第十三方面,本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法,包括:
终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;
所述终端接收互联网中的应用服务器根据所述终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
其中,所述应用服务器是从所述位置服务器处获得所述终端的地址的,所述位置服务器用于存储并向所述应用服务器提供所述终端的地址。
结合第三发面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
所述终端通过控制面信令上报自身的地址。
结合第十三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,若所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则所述终端通过控制面信令上报自身的地址,包括:
针对每一个所述数据传输路径,所述终端通过控制面信令上报自身在该路径上的地址。
结合第十三方面,或第十三方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
所述终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,所述终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的所述应用服务器之间传输数据包。
结合第十三方面,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
所述终端向所述位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身的地址上报给所述位置服务器。
结合第十三方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,若所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
对于所述多条数据传输路径中的每一条,所述终端通过该条数据传输路径上向所述位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身在该条数据传输路径上的地址上报给所述位置服务器。
结合第十三方面,或第十三方面的第一种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第六种可能的实现方式中,
所述位置服务器为互联网中独立于所述应用服务器的服务器;或
所述位置服务器位于所述应用服务器中。
结合第十三方面,或第十三方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
所述终端周期性向所述位置服务器上报自身的地址;和/或
所述终端在自身到所述应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时,向所述位置服务器上报自身的地址。
结合第十三方面,或第十三方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第八种可能的实现方式中,
在所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址之前,还包括:所述终端根据下列因素中的至少一个选择接入的网络:
所述终端要建立的业务的业务类型;
所述终端要建立的业务的业务质量QoS要求;
预设的所述终端优选接入的网络;
所述终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
所述终端向所述位置服务器上报自身在每一个选择接入的网络的地址。
第十四方面,本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法,包括:
位置服务器接收终端上报的所述终端的地址;
所述位置服务器将接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使所述应用服务器根据所述终端的地址,向所述终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
结合第十四方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器将接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,包括:
所述位置服务器在收到所述应用服务器发送的请求所述终端的地址的请求消息后,将接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器。
结合第十四方面,或第十四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器接收终端向上报的所述终端的地址,包括:
所述位置服务器接收所述终端通过控制面信令上报所述终端的地址。
结合第十四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器接收所述终端通过控制面信令上报所述终端的地址,包括:
所述位置服务器接收所述终端针对所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径中的每一个数据传输路径,通过控制面信令上报的所述终端在该路径上的地址。
结合第十四方面,或第十四方面的第一种至第三种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
所述终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
所述终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,所述终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的所述应用服务器之间传输数据包。
结合第十四方面,或第十四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器接收终端向上报的所述终端的地址,包括:
所述位置服务器接收所述终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端的地址。
结合第十四方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器接收所述终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的 源IP地址作为所述终端的地址,包括:
所述位置服务器接收所述终端分别通过所述终端与所述应用服务器之间存在的多条数据传输路径中的每一条数据传输路径发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为所述终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址。
结合第十四方面,或第十四方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第七种可能的实现方式中,
所述位置服务器为互联网中独立于所述应用服务器的服务器;或
所述位置服务器位于所述应用服务器中。
结合第十四方面,或第十四方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述位置服务器接收终端上报的所述终端的地址,包括:
所述位置服务器接收所述终端周期性上报的所述终端的地址;和/或
所述位置服务器接收所述终端在到所述应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时上报的所述终端的地址。
在上述第一方面至第四方面提供的任意一个方案中,终端自主选择接入的第二小区,并主动向第一基站请求增加第二小区,与目前的小区切换的流程中终端发送测量报告,由基站进行切换判决的方案相比,一部分处理放在终端进行,可减少基站等网络设备的处理,降低网络设备实现的复杂度。
在上述第五方面至第十方面提供的任意一个方案中,终端先接入第二小区,由第二小区所在的第二基站通知第一基站该终端的接入。该可选方案也能够实现终端自主选择接入的第二小区。
在上述第十一方面至第十四方面提供的任意一个方案中,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;位置服务器将接收的该终端的地址发送给与该终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,或应用服务器到位置服务器处获取该终端的地址,应用服务器根据得到的该终端的地址,向该终端发送IP数据包。其中,应用服务器从位置服务器中获取终端的地址,得以实现应用服务器根据获取的该终端的地址向该终端发送IP数据包。
附图说明
图1为一种小区切换流程的示意图;
图2为本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统的结构示意图;
图3为本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案的一种可选实现方式的流程图;
图4为本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案在第一种可选实现方式下的流程图;
图5为本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案在第二种可选实现方式下的流程图;
图6为本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案可应用的网络的网络架构图;
图7为本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案的一种可选实现方式的流程图;
图8为本发明实施例提供的第一种终端的结构示意图;
图9为本发明实施例提供的第二种终端的结构示意图;
图10为本发明实施例提供的第一种第一基站的结构示意图;
图11为本发明实施例提供的第二种第一基站的结构示意图;
图12为本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方法的流程图;
图13为本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方法的流程图;
图14为本发明实施例提供的第三种终端的结构示意图;
图15为本发明实施例提供的第四种终端的结构示意图;
图16为本发明实施例提供的第三种第一基站的结构示意图;
图17为本发明实施例提供的第四种第一基站的结构示意图;
图18为本发明实施例提供的第一种第二基站的结构示意图;
图19为本发明实施例提供的第二种第二基站的结构示意图;
图20为本发明实施例提供的第三种小区接入方法的流程图;
图21为本发明实施例提供的第四种小区接入方法的流程图;
图22为本发明实施例提供的第五种小区接入方法的流程图;
图23为本发明实施例提供的第五种终端的结构示意图;
图24为本发明实施例提供的第六种终端的结构示意图;
图25为本发明实施例提供的第一种位置服务器的结构示意图;
图26为本发明实施例提供的第二种位置服务器的结构示意图;
图27为本发明实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法的流程图;
图28为本发明实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法的流程图。
具体实施方式
一方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端、基站和小区接入方法,用以实现终端自主接入小区,解决上述网络设备严格控制终端,网络实现复杂,不易于部署和维护的问题。
其中,一种可选方案包括:
与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息;第一基站在收到该第一小区增加请求消息后,向第二小区所在的第二基站发送第二小区增加请求消息,请求增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;第一基站在收到第二基站响应于第二小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
如前所述,目前的小区切换的流程下,终端发送测量报告,由基站进行切换判决;而该可选方案中,终端自主选择接入的第二小区,并主动向第一基站请求增加第二小区,一部分处理放在终端进行,可减少基站等网络设备的处理,降低网络设备实现的复杂度。
另一种可选方案包括:
与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,接入第二小区;第二小区所在的第二基站在终端接入第二小区之后,向第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示终端接入第二小区;第一基站在收到终端接入指示消息后,若确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区, 则向终端发送重配置消息,指示终端:根据重配置消息重新配置终端接入第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
类似地,该可选方案也能够实现终端自主选择接入的第二小区,与前一种可选方案不同的是,前一种方案是终端向第一基站发送消息,请求接入第二小区;后一种方案则是终端先接入第二小区,由第二小区所在的第二基站通知第一基站该终端的接入。
上述两种可选方案中的任何一种都能够实现终端自主接入第二小区。
另一方面,本发明实施例还提供了一种终端、位置服务器和数据传输方法,用以实现应用服务器向终端发送IP数据包。
其中,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;位置服务器将接收的该终端的地址发送给与该终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,或应用服务器到位置服务器处获取该终端的地址,应用服务器根据得到的该终端的地址,向该终端发送IP数据包。
其中,应用服务器从位置服务器中获取终端的地址,得以实现应用服务器根据获取的该终端的地址向该终端发送IP数据包。
下面,对本发明实施例涉及的基本概念加以介绍。
这些基本概念涉及:无线通信系统、无线通信制式、基站、终端、第一服务器、第二服务器、接入节点、控制面锚点、用户面锚点、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、业务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)管理。下面,对这些概念逐一介绍。
一、无线通信系统
通常,无线通信系统是指部分或全部通信链路采用无线方式进行传输的系统。常见的无线通信系统通常包括:
至少一个终端、无线接入网以及核心网。
核心网与外部的应用服务器或其他通信系统连接,实现终端与应用服务器和/或其他通信系统之间的通信,对终端的用户信息、业务质量等进行管理;
无线接入网通过诸如Uu接口的空口(air interface)与终端进行无线连接, 实现终端的网络接入。
无线连接也可称为空口连接,终端与无线接入网中的基站或接入节点具有无线连接,可通过该无线连接与基站之间进行通信。
二、无线通信制式
不同的无线通信系统可采用不同的无线通信制式,本发明实施例适用的无线通信制式包括但不限于下述各种制式:
全球移动通信系统(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)IS-95、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)2000、时分同步码分多址(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,TD-SCDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)、时分双工-长期演进(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,TDD LTE)、频分双工-长期演进(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,FDD LTE)、长期演进-增强(Long Term Evolution-Advanced,LTE-advanced)、个人手持电话系统(Personal Handy-phone System,PHS)、802.11系列协议规定的无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、全球微波互联接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)、蓝牙(Blue Tooth)等短距离无线通信系统等。
本发明实施例旨在提供一种扁平化的网络架构,本领域技术人员可知,该网络架构不仅适用于目前可能的各种无线通信制式,还可适用于未来无线通信系统的各种通信制式。
三、基站
基站位于一个无线通信系统中的无线接入网中,基站通过空口与终端通信,实现终端接入网络。
四、终端
终端可为用户设备,包括但不限于:手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、销售终端(Point of Sales,POS)、车载电脑等。
比如:对于TDD LTE、FDD LTE或LTE-A等LTE系统,基站可为演进节点B(evolved NodeB,eNodeB),终端可为UE;对于TD-SCDMA系统或WCDMA系统,基站可包括:节点B(NodeB),或包括NodeB和无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC),终端可为UE;对于GSM系统;基站可包括基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),或包括BTS和基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC),终端为移动台(Mobile Station,MS);对于WiFi系统,基站可包括:接入点(Access Point,AP)和/或接入控制器(Access Controller,AC),终端可为站点(STAtion,STA)。
五、第一服务器
第一服务器用于向所述无线接入网覆盖下的终端提供应用服务,比如:应用服务器为终端对应的用户提供业务,终端从应用服务器处接收业务数据或将业务数据发送到应用服务器。
六、第二服务器
用于对无线接入网覆盖下的终端进行用户信息管理,比如:维护用户签约信息,实现目前EPC中的HSS的功能。
可选地,还可以应控制面锚点的要求,根据用户信息进行用户鉴权、位置更新等。该第二服务器可视为前述的核心网中的一部分。第二服务器的一个例子可为后面图2中所示的移动网络运营商服务器204。
其中,第二服务器管理的用户信息可包括:用户签约信息、用户位置信息等;第二服务器存储这些用户信息,可选地,还可应控制面锚点的要求,根据用户信息进行用户鉴权,位置更新等。
第一服务器和第二服务器统称为业务支撑系统(Business Support System)。
七、接入节点
接入节点与无线接入网中的至少一个终端具有无线连接,通过与终端之间的无线连接,实现终端与第一服务器之间的通信。
接入节点既可以是蜂窝无线通信系统(区别于WiFi系统)中的基站,可包括宏基站、小站,甚至仅实现部分空口功能的轻型小站;也可以是WiFi AP 等其他WiFi系统中的节点。
其中,小站可指通信覆盖面积和最大可发射功率较小的基站,比如:小小区(Small Cell)、微小区(Pico Cell)、家庭演进基站(Home eNodeB)、家庭基站(Home NodeB)、femto等。相对于宏基站,小站具有功率小、体积小、易部署等优点,可灵活部署在灯杆、广告牌和室内。小站可用于无线覆盖的补盲,也可用于提升无线接入网的容量。小站的通信覆盖半径通常小于预设的阈值,比如:100m,最大可发射功率通常小于预设的功率阈值,比如:10w。
轻型小站可指没有实现完整空口协议栈的基站,比如:以LTE系统为例,仅实现了LTE空口协议栈中的PHY、MAC和RLC层,没有实现PDCP和RRC层的基站可称为轻型小站。
八、控制面锚点
控制面锚点可控制无线接入网覆盖下的终端与一个或多个接入节点建立无线连接,并通过与上述第二服务器之间的信息交互,实现第二服务器对与终端的用户信息管理。
控制面锚点可以是蜂窝无线通信系统中的基站,比如:宏基站;也可以是其他控制面集中控制点,比如:基于软件控制网络(Software Defined Network,SDN)实现的接入网的控制器。
九、用户面锚点
用户面锚点可将一个或多个接入节点转发的、来自与该一个或多个接入节点有无线连接的终端的用户面数据发给第一服务器,并可将从第一服务器收到的、发送给与一个或多个接入节点有无线连接的终端的用户面数据,经由该终端所连接的接入节点发给该终端。
用户面锚点可为:用户面汇聚节点,比如:通用网关(Universal GateWay,UGW),UGW的一个例子可为:本地网关(Local GateWay,LGW),LGW可位于基站内部,或与基站部署在一起。
用户面锚点和控制面锚点可统称为接入锚点。一个接入锚点可同时是用户面锚点和控制面锚点,也可以仅为用户面锚点,或仅为控制面锚点。
十、包括接入节点、控制面锚点和/或用户面锚点的无线接入网的网络架构。
采用此种网络架构时,终端与接入节点之间具有无线连接,比如:RRC连接,如果存在控制面锚点,则接入节点与控制面锚点连接;如果存在用户面锚点,则接入节点与用户面锚点连接。
十一、RRC信令
在目前的LTE系统中,RRC层位于无线接入网协议栈控制平面的最高层,是一种控制面协议,可为非接入层(Non Access Statum)提供连接管理、消息传递等服务,对无线接入网的各个低层协议实体提供参数配置的功能,负责UE的移动性管理相关的测量、控制等。
下面,结合附图对本发明实施例进行详细说明。首先介绍本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案和第二种小区接入方案,然后介绍本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案。
【第一种小区接入方案】
其中,第一种小区接入方案可应用于如图2所示的无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括:终端201、第一基站202、第二基站203;终端201与第一基站202下的第一小区进行通信;其中:
终端201,用于在需要与第二基站203下的第二小区通信时,向第一基站202发送第一小区增加请求消息,比如:图3中步骤S304中终端201发送的辅小区增加请求消息;
第一基站202,用于在收到该第一小区增加请求消息后,向第二基站203发送第二小区增加请求消息,比如:图3中步骤S305中第一基站202发送的辅小区增加请求消息,请求增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
第二基站203,用于在收到该第二小区增加请求消息后,若确定可以增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区,则响应于上述第二小区增加请求消息,向第一基站202发送小区增加请求确认消息;
第一基站202还用于:在收到第二基站203发送的小区增加请求确认消 息后,向终端201发送用于配置终端201与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,比如:图3中步骤S307中的第一基站202发送的RRC冲配置消息;
终端201还用于:按照第一基站202发送的配置消息,配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,该无线通信系统中还可包括移动网络运营商服务器204,用于对终端201进行鉴权。
下面,结合图3所示的流程,对本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案详细说明。
图3所示的流程包括如下步骤:
S301、终端201接入第一基站202下的第一小区;
终端201在上电后可通过RRC连接建立过程接入到第一基站202。在接入过程中,终端201可上报其自主接入的能力或用户偏好。第一基站202和/或移动网络运营商服务器204将根据此能力或用户偏好不对用户进行移动性管理和/或业务连续性管理。
终端接入后将发起与移动网络运营商服务器204之间的用户鉴权过程。移动网络运营商服务器204可将用户签约信息发送给第一基站202,第一基站202可根据用户签约信息进行数据传输的QoS管理,优先保证高优先级用户和/或高优先级业务。
S302、终端201读取第二基站203下的第二小区的系统信息;
该系统信息中包含可以与第二小区进行载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)或双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)的基站或小区的信息。比如:第一基站202的基站标识,用于指示第二小区可与第一基站202下的任意小区进行双连接。
终端201根据获取的系统信息确定可以增加第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,因此,该系统信息也可视为一种指示消息,指示终端201:第二小区可与所第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
或者,该指示消息也可以由第一基站202发送,其中包含可与第一基站 202或第一小区进行载波聚合或双连接的基站或小区的信息。此种情况下,终端201根据第一基站202发送的该指示消息,也可确定可以增加第二小区作为与自身通信的小区。
在步骤S302之前,第一基站202与第二基站203之间可能存在资源协商和干扰协调的过程,通过协调基站间使用的无线资源来减少站间干扰,提高无线资源的利用率。
S303、终端201检测到第二基站203下的第二小区可用;
终端201通过网络搜索和/或测量发现第二小区,并判断第二小区是否可用。在此之前,第一基站202可向终端201发送测量配置消息,指示终端201测量哪些小区,以及对于每一个测量的小区,判断该小区是否可用的判决门限等。终端201也可根据预先定义的用于判断小区是否可用的判决标准进行判断,比如:优选的无线网络类型和/或预先定义的小区信号强度门限等。
比如:该测量配置消息中可包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;终端201根据改测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量结果满足上述判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
再比如:该测量配置消息中可包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;终端根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量结果满足该判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
S304、终端201向第一基站202发送辅小区增加请求消息;
终端201在检测到第二小区可用,且根据步骤S302获得的信息确定第二小区可以与第一小区一起为终端201提供通信之后,比如:第二小区可以与第一小区进行双连接之后,终端201发起双连接的辅小区增加过程。辅小区增加请求消息包含待增加的辅小区,即第二小区的指示信息,比如:第二小区的物理小区表示(Physical Cell Identifier,PCI)。
这里需要说明的是,辅小区增加过程,以及辅小区增加请求消息均为一种 示例,只要能够实现增加第二小区作为与终端201进行通信的小区的消息,都可应用在本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案中。此外,本方案中的其他消息名称也仅为示例,能够实现对应功能的消息均可视为本方案的一种可选的实现方式。
S305、第一基站202向第二基站203发送“辅小区增加请求”消息;
该消息用于请求增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区。可选地,该消息可包含待增加第二小区的信息,比如:第二小区的标识信息或频率信息,此外,还可包含第一基站202和第二基站203之间针对终端201进行上行功率控制、最大比特速率等协商的参数信息,以及承载配置信息。
S306、第二基站203向第一基站202发送“辅小区增加请求确认”消息;
第二基站203通过该消息指示第一基站202:可以增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区,该消息还可包含第二基站203对终端201的配置信息。
S307、第一基站202向终端201发送“RRC重配置”消息;
该消息用于通知终端201,增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区,比如:作为双连接的辅小区,该消息中可携带步骤S306中获取的配置信息,终端201可根据这些信息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接。
S308、终端201向第一基站202发送RRC重配置完成消息;
该消息用于指示终端201已根据步骤S307中的配置信息完成了无线连接的配置,比如:指示终端201已配置第二小区作为双连接辅小区。
S309、第一基站202向第二基站203发送RRC重配置完成消息;
第一基站202接收到终端发送的RRC重配置完成消息后,向第二基站203发送RRC重配置完成消息,指示第二基站203:终端201已配置第二小区作为双连接辅小区。
S310、终端发起到第二小区的随机接入过程并接入第二小区。
其中,步骤S310与步骤S308之间没有严格的先后顺序。
终端201在接入第二小区后,即可同时通过第一小区和第二小区进行数据传输,实现双连接。
【第二种小区接入方案】
与第一种小区接入方案不同的是,第一种小区接入方案中,终端201向第一基站202发送消息,请求接入第二小区;第二种小区接入方案中,终端201先接入第二小区,由第二小区所在的第二基站203通知第一基站202该终端的接入。
其中,第二种小区接入方案也可应用于图2所示的无线通信系统。其中:
终端201,用于在需要与第二基站203下的第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过该连接建立过程建立自身与第二小区通信的无线连接,并通过建立的无线连接接入第二小区;
第二基站203,用于在终端201接入第二小区后,向第一小区所在的第一基站202发送终端接入指示消息,比如:图4中步骤S405中的终端接入指示消息,指示终端201需要增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区;
第一基站202,用于在收到第二基站203发送的终端接入指示消息后,若确定第二基站203允许增加第二小区作为与终端201进行通信的小区,则向终端201发送重配置消息,比如:图4中步骤S808中的RRC重配置消息;
终端201还用于:根据该重配置消息,重新配置自身接入第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,该无线通信系统中还可包括移动网络运营商服务器204,用于对终端201进行鉴权。
下面,结合图4所示的流程,对本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案详细说明。
图4所示的流程中,第一基站202向终端201发送的配置消息,以RRC重配置为例。
图4所示的流程包括如下步骤:
S401、终端201接入第一基站202下的第一小区;
该步骤与步骤S301相同。
S402、终端201读取第二基站203下的第二小区的系统信息;
与实施例一相同。
S403、终端201检测到第二基站203下的第二小区可用;
与实施例一相同。
S404、终端201向第二基站203下小区发起RRC连接建立过程;
终端201通过发起的RRC连接建立过程建立自身与第二小区通信的无线连接,并通过建立的无线连接接入第二小区。
S405、第二基站203向第一基站202发送终端接入指示消息;
第二基站203可在终端201接入第二小区的过程中或接入第二小区之后,向第一基站202发送包含终端201的终端标识的终端接入指示消息。
其中,终端201的终端标识可包括下列标识中的至少一种:
终端201的媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)地址、第一基站202给终端201分配的IP地址、第一基站202为终端201分配的小区-无线网络临时标识(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)、第一基站202为终端201分配的临时移动用户标识(Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity,TMSI),或国际移动用户标识(International Mobile Subscriber Identity,IMSI)。
第二基站203可能从第一基站202处获得用于指示在终端201接入第二基站203时是否需要向第一基站202发送终端接入指示消息的指示信息。
S406、第一基站202向第二基站203发送辅小区增加请求消息;
该辅小区增加请求消息也可称为小区增加请求消息,消息中可包含第二小区的标识信息,用于请求第二基站203增加第二小区作为与终端201进行通信的小区。
S407、第二基站203向第一基站202发送辅小区增加请求确认消息;
该消息也可称为小区增加请求确认消息,用于指示第二基站203允许增加第二小区,作为与终端201进行通信的小区。该消息中可包含第二基站203与第一基站202之间进行流量控制的信息和终端201的配置信息等,比如:用于重新配置终端201与第二小区之间的无线连接的无线连接参数。
或者,步骤S405中,第二基站203发送的终端接入指示消息中,还包括用于指示第二基站203允许增加第二小区作为与终端201进行通信的小区的指示信息,第一基站202在收到该终端接入指示消息中,根据消息中的指示信息即可确定第二基站203允许增加第二小区作为与终端201进行通信的小区。并且,可选地,该终端接入指示消息中还可包括用于重新配置终端201与第二小区的无线连接的无线连接参数,第一基站202从该终端接入指示消息中获得该无线连接参数后,执行步骤S408。
S408、第一基站202向终端201发送RRC重配置消息;
第一基站202通过该消息通知终端201增加第二小区作为与终端201通信的小区,比如:作为双连接的辅小区。
该消息中可包含第一基站202从步骤S407中获取的无线连接参数,终端201根据该无线连接参数重新配置与第二小区的无线连接,并通过配置后的该无线连接与第二小区通信。
S409、终端201向第一基站202发送RRC重配置完成消息;
终端201从第一基站202发送的RRC重配置消息中获取无线连接参数,并在根据获取的无线连接参数重新配置与第二小区的无线连接后,向第一基站202发送该RRC冲配置完成消息,比如:终端201在根据收到的无线连接参数,配置第二小区作为双连接的辅小区之后,向第一基站202发送该RRC冲配置完成消息。
S410、第一基站202向第二基站203发送辅小区增加完成消息;
该消息也可称为小区增加完成消息。第二基站203在收到第一基站202发送的该辅小区增加完成消息后,可确定终端201已完成与第二小区的无线连接的重新配置。第二基站203可将第一基站202作为终端201的用户面锚点,将来自第一基站202的,发给终端201的数据通过第二基站203发送给终端201,或将来自终端201的数据转发到第一基站202。
本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案和第二种小区接入方案中,第一基站202可为宏基站或小站;或者,第一基站202可包括第一小区所在的 接入节点和该接入节点对应的控制面锚点。
第二基站203可为小站、宏基站或无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)接入点(Access Point,AP)。
本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中,当第二小区为WiFi AP时,小区接入流程可如图5所示,包括如下步骤:
S501、终端201通过RRC连接建立过程接入第一基站202下的第一小区;
该步骤与步骤S401相同。
S502、第一基站202向终端201发送WiFi接入辅助信息;
该WiFi接入辅助信息可包括:WiFi网络的规则和/或辅助参数;比如:接收信号强度指示(Received Signal Strength Indication,RSSI)门限,可选择的WiFi AP列表和优先选择指示等。
S503:终端201检测到WiFi AP203可用;
终端201可根据步骤S502中预先获取的辅助参数和/或WiFi网络的规则,比如:接入网络发现和选择功能(Access Network Discovery and Selection Function,ANDSF)策略进行WiFi网络接入决策,包括:WiFi AP选择和/或将哪些业务分流到WiFi网络的决策。此时,WiFi AP203可视为前述的第二基站203。
步骤S504:终端201通过WiFi网络接入过程接入WiFi网络;
该接入过程可包括:WiFi关联(association)过程,此外,还可包括WiFi鉴权和IP地址分配过程。
步骤S505~步骤S510可分别与步骤S405~步骤S410相同,在此不再赘述。
其中,WiFi AP也可由WiFi接入控制器(Access Controller,AC)替代,或者由连接蜂窝网与无线局域网(Wireless Local Access Network,WLAN)之间的中间节点替代。
采用本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案和第二种小区接入方案,终端201自主触发小区增加过程,以实现终端201接入网络的自管理,简化网络实现、降低网络成本,同时通过载波聚合或双连接技术实现用户峰值速 率提升。
以上,介绍了本发明实施例提供的两种小区接入方案,下面,介绍本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案。
【数据传输方案】
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案可实现应用服务器向终端发送IP数据包。
其中,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;位置服务器将接收的该终端的地址发送给与该终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,或应用服务器到位置服务器处获取该终端的地址,应用服务器根据得到的该终端的地址,向该终端发送IP数据包。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案可应用于图6所示的网络架构中。其中位置服务器位于第一服务器或第二服务器中,或者为单独的服务器,通过互联网与接入锚点连接。接入锚点可包括控制面锚点和/或用户面锚点,终端可通过接入节点、接入锚点与位置服务器通信;或者在接入节点和接入锚点在基站内实现的情况下,终端可直接通过基站与位置服务器通信,此时基站通过互联网与位置服务器连接。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中,可适用于各种无线接入网的网络架构,只要终端能够向位置服务器上报自身的地址即可。
在当前的LTE系统中,如果MME发生改变,或MME中没有UE有效的上下文,或MME标识发生改变,则MME发送更新请求消息给HSS,消息中包含UE的终端标识IMSI、MME标识和更新类型。HSS向旧的MME发送清除位置消息,其中包含UE的IMSI和取消类型。旧的MME删除终端的上下文,回复确认消息。HSS向新MME发送更新位置消息,消息中包含UE的IMSI和签约数据。可见,在当前的LTE系统中,HSS登记的终端位置信息是终端当前所在MME的标识,位置不精确,并且是由MME上报的,UE无法自主上报。
本发明实施例中,当终端的IP地址发生变化时,终端可自主向位置服务 器上报地址,位置更精确,且不需要其他诸如MME的核心网设备的控制,实现更简单。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案的流程可如图7所示,包括如下步骤:
S701:终端启动新业务;
S702、终端进行网络搜索和网络接入;
终端可根据步骤S701中启动的新业务的类型、新业务的QoS要求,以及终端对应的用户的用户网络选择喜好因素中的至少一项,来确定网络搜索顺序和最终选择接入的网络。比如:优先接入WiFi网络,以及优先搜索可用的WiFi网络等。终端接入一个新的网络后,通常将获得新的地址,比如:IP地址。
S703、终端向位置服务器上报当前地址,比如:步骤S702中获得的新的地址;
可能存在第三方通过某个应用服务器想与指定终端通信,比如:终端乙通过微信服务器(应用服务器的一种)向终端甲发出了微信电话的请求,则微信服务器就需要找到终端甲,如果微信服务器与MNO服务器有合作签约,则微信服务器即可通过MNO服务器对应的位置服务器查询到终端甲的IP地址,再通过查询到的终端甲的IP地址与终端甲通信。
由于应用多种多样,对应的应用服务器也有很多,对终端与应用服务器之间只是偶尔进行数据交互的诸多应用,比如QQ等各种及时通信(Instant Message,IM)相关的应用,若终端每更新一次IP地址就向这些应用对应的应用服务器上报IP地址,则消息开销比较大,而使用位置服务器,则终端可仅将自身的IP地址上报给位置服务器,再通过位置服务器通知给应用服务器,减小了终端的处理开销以及对空口资源的占用。
特别地,对于采用了MPTCP的应用服务器,及时向其上报终端的IP地址是有好处的,因为这种情况下,通常有大量数据持续传输,以便应用服务器可以及时知道哪些路径(IP地址)可用,及时将数据分流到可用的路径进行传输,并及时不再向不可用的路径分流数据,提升数据传输效率。
终端上报当前地址的方式包括但不限于如下两种方式:
方式一、
终端通过控制面信令上报当前地址。
其中,若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则终端可针对每一个数据传输路径,通过控制面信令上报自身在该路径上的地址。
方式二、
终端向位置服务器发送IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身的地址上报给所述位置服务器。
若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则对于该多条数据传输路径中的每一条,终端通过该条数据传输路径上向位置服务器发送IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身在该条数据传输路径上的地址上报给位置服务器。
对于方式一,终端上报的地址可包括下列地址中的至少一种:
终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的应用服务器之间传输数据包,该接入网关可视为终端进入互联网的入口。
可选地,对于采用双连接或载波聚合技术的终端,由于在无线接入网中存在用户面锚点,多条连接或多个载波共用同一个IP地址,此时,可认为该多条连接或多个载波为终端与应用服务器或位置服务器之间的一条路径,而不是多条。
另外,应用服务器也可以是应用服务器连接到的多路径聚合服务器,比如实现多路径传输控制协议(Multiple Path Transmission Control Protocol,MPTCP)功能的服务器。
S704、终端搜索新的网络并接入;
当当前的部分或全部路径不可用或无法满足业务需求时,比如:信道质 量或数据速率低于门限,终端将触发网络搜索和网络接入过程。同样,终端将根据当前业务的类型、业务的QoS要求,以及终端对应的用户的用户网络选择喜好因素中的至少一项确定网络搜索顺序和最终选择接入的网络。
S705、终端向位置服务器上报当前地址;
终端可在增加或删除了到应用服务器或位置服务器的路径时,触发当前地址上报过程;此外,终端还可周期性自身的当前地址,比如:终端周期性发送心跳包。
与步骤S703一样,终端上报当前地址的方式也包括但不限于上述方式一和方式二。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端上报的终端的地址;位置服务器可将接收的终端的地址主动通知给与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,应用服务器根据收到的终端的地址,向终端发送IP数据包。
或者,位置服务器也可在收到应用服务器发送的请求终端的地址的请求消息后,将接收的终端的地址通知给与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器。
可选地,本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中的终端可以是前述的图2所示的无线通信系统中的终端201,图7中的基站可为第一基站202或第二基站203,或该无线通信系统中的其他基站。
采用本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案,可实现终端定期上报自身的地址,或在在与应用服务器或位置服务器之间的通信路径发送变化时上报自身的地址,使得应用服务器可根据获得的终端的地址向终端发送IP数据包。
当该方案应用于图6所示的网络架构时,可实现该网络架构下,终端的移动性管理功能,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,位置服务器再将收到的终端的地址通知给应用服务器,实现比较简单,可简化网络设计、降低网络成本。
以上,介绍了本发明实施例提供的无线通信系统、第一种小区接入方案、第二种小区接入方案和数据传输方案。
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例还提供了终端、第一基站、第二基站、 位置服务器、小区接入方法和数据传输方法。由于其解决技术问题的原理与本发明实施例提供的上述方案类似,其实施可参照上述方案的实施,重复之处不再赘述。
比如:基于与本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案相同的发明构思,本发明实施例还提供了两种终端、两种第一基站和两种小区接入方法。下面分别加以描述。
图8为本发明实施例提供的第一种终端的结构示意图。如图8所示,该终端包括:
收发模块801,用于终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
处理模块802,用于在通过收发模块801收到第一基站发送的用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接;并控制终端通过配置后的与第二小区通信的无线连接接入第二小区。
可选地,处理模块802具体用于:
从配置消息中获取用于配置与第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
根据获取的无线连接参数配置与第二小区通信的无线连接。
可选地,收发模块801还用于:在处理模块802按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接之后,控制终端接入第二小区之前,
向第一基站发送第一配置完成消息,指示第一基站:终端已根据配置消息完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
可选地,处理模块802还用于:在收发模块801发送第一小区增加请求消息之前,
对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块801还用于:在处理模块802对第二小区发射的无线 信号进行测量之前,
接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
处理模块802具体用于:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块801还用于:
在处理模块802对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
处理模块802具体用于:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块801还用于:
在处理模块802对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收第一基站或第二小区所在的第二基站发送的第一指示消息;
处理模块802还用于:
根据第一指示消息,确定可以增加第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的接入节点和接入节点对应的控制面锚点,接入节点与终端具有无线连接,控制面锚点用于控制终端与接入节点建立无线连接,并通过与第二服务器之间的信息交互,实现第二服务器对终端的用户信息管理;第二服务器用于对终端进行用户信息管理;
第二小区所在的第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的第一种小区接入方法中的终端 201的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图9为本发明实施例提供的第二种终端的结构示意图。如图9所示,该终端包括:
收发器901,用于终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
处理器902,用于在通过收发器901收到第一基站发送的用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接;并控制终端通过配置后的与第二小区通信的无线连接接入第二小区。
可选地,该终端可采用图9所示的总线架构实现。在图9中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器902代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器901可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该终端也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器902和收发器901之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器901的实现可参考前述的收发模块801,处理器902的实现可参考前述的处理模块802。该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案中的终端201的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图10为本发明实施例提供的第一种第一基站的结构示意图。如图10所示,该第一基站包括:
收发模块1001,用于接收与第一基站的第一小区通信的终端发送的第一 小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
处理模块1002,用于控制收发模块1001向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,收发模块1001还用于:
在接收第一小区增加请求消息之后,向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息之前,向第二小区所在的第二基站发送第二小区增加请求消息,请求增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
处理模块1002具体用于:
控制收发模块1001接收第二基站响应于第二小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息;从小区增加请求确认消息中获取用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;并控制收发模块1001向终端发送配置消息,在配置消息中携带获取的无线连接参数,指示终端按照无线连接参数配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,处理模块1002还用于:
在控制收发模块1001向终端发送配置消息之后,在收发模块1001收到终端响应于配置消息发送的第一配置完成消息之后,控制收发模块1001向第二基站发送第二配置完成消息,指示第二基站:终端已完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置;
其中,第一配置完成消息用于指示第一基站:终端已根据配置消息完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
可选地,处理模块1002还用于:在收发模块1001接收终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息之前,控制收发模块1001向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
第一小区增加请求消息是终端根据测量配置消息中第二小区的小区标识 信息,对第二小区进行测量,并在对第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足判决条件之后向第一基站发送的。
可选地,处理模块1002还用于:在收发模块1001接收终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息之前,控制收发模块1001向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
第一小区增加请求消息是终端根据测量配置消息中第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区进行测量,并在对第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足判决条件之后向第一基站发送的。
可选地,处理模块1002还用于:
在控制收发模块1001向终端发送测量配置消息之前,控制收发模块1001向终端发送的第一指示消息,指示终端:
第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二小区所在的基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该第一基站的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案中第一基站202的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图11为本发明实施例提供的第二种第一基站的结构示意图。如图11所示,该第一基站包括:
收发器1101,用于接收与第一基站的第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
处理器1102,用于控制收发器1101向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,该终端可采用图11所示的总线架构实现。在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1102代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器1101可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该终端也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器1102和收发器1101之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器1101的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的收发模块1001,处理器1102的其他可选实现上可参考前述的处理模块1002;该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方案中第一基站202的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图12为本发明实施例提供的第一种小区接入方法的流程图。如图12所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S1201:与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
S1202:终端在收到第一基站发送的用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接;
S1203:终端通过配置后的与第二小区通信的无线连接接入第二小区。
可选地,终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,包括:
终端从配置消息中获取用于配置与第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
终端根据获取的无线连接参数配置与第二小区通信的无线连接。
可选地,在终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接之后,接入第二小区之前,还包括:
终端向第一基站发送第一配置完成消息,指示第一基站:终端已根据配置消息完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
可选地,在终端发送第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用,包括:
终端根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用,包括:
终端根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第一基站或第二小区所在的第二基站发送的第一指示消息;
终端根据第一指示消息,确定可以增加第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的接入节点和接入节点对应的控制面锚点,接入节点与终端具有无线连接,控制面锚点用于控制终端与接入节点建立无线连接,并通过与第二服务器之间的信息交互,实现第二服务器对终端的用户信息管理;第二服务器用于对终端进行用户信息管理;
第二小区所在的第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该小区接入方法的其他可选方式可参考前述的第一种小区接入方案中的终端201的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图13为本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方法的流程图。如图13所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S1301:第一小区所在的第一基站接收与第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,第一小区增加请求消息用于请求第一基站增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
S1302:第一基站向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,在第一基站接收第一小区增加请求消息之后,向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向第二小区所在的第二基站发送第二小区增加请求消息,请求增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区;
第一基站向终端发送用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示终端按照配置消息配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区,包括:
第一基站接收第二基站响应于第二小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息;
第一基站从小区增加请求确认消息中获取用于配置终端与第二小区通信的无线连接的无线连接参数;
第一基站向终端发送配置消息,在配置消息中携带获取的无线连接参数,指示终端按照无线连接参数配置与第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入第二小区。
可选地,在第一基站向终端发送配置消息之后,还包括:
第一基站接收终端响应于配置消息发送的第一配置完成消息,第一配置完成消息用于指示第一基站:终端已根据配置消息完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置;
第一基站在收到配置完成消息后,向第二基站发送第二配置完成消息,指示第二基站:终端已完成与第二小区通信的无线连接的配置。
可选地,在第一基站接收终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
第一小区增加请求消息是终端根据测量配置消息中第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区进行测量,并在对第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足判决条件之后向第一基站发送的。
可选地,在第一基站接收终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
第一小区增加请求消息是终端根据测量配置消息中第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区进行测量,并在对第二小区进行测量的测量结果满足判决条件之后向第一基站发送的。
可选地,在第一基站向终端发送测量配置消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向终端发送的第一指示消息,指示终端:第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第 一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二小区所在的基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的第一种小区接入方案中,第一基站202的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
图14为本发明实施例提供的第三种终端的结构示意图。该终端与第一小区通信。如图14所示,该终端包括:
处理模块1402,用于在终端需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过连接建立过程建立终端与第二小区通信的无线连接,并控制终端通过建立的无线连接接入第二小区;
收发模块1401,用于接收第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息;
处理模块1402还用于:在收发模块1401收到重配置消息后,根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接,并控制终端通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信;
其中,重配置消息是第一基站根据从第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定终端接入第二小区,并在确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区后,向终端发送的。
可选地,处理模块1402还用于:在根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接之后,控制终端通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信之前,
控制收发模块1401向第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示第一基站终端已根据重配置消息完成对无线连接的重新配置。
可选地,处理模块1402还用于:在控制终端与第二小区建立无线连接之前,
对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块1401还用于:
在处理模块1402对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
处理模块1402具体用于:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块1401还用于:在处理模块1402对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
处理模块1402具体用于:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,收发模块1401还用于:在处理模块1402对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收第二基站或第一基站发送的第一指示消息;
处理模块1402还用于:根据第一指示消息,确定可以增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区,其中第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中终端201的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图15为本发明实施例提供的第四种终端的结构示意图。该终端与第一小区通信。如图15所示,该终端包括:
处理器1502,用于在终端需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过连接建立过程建立终端与第二小区通信的无线连接,并控制终端通过建立的无线连接接入第二小区;
收发器1501,用于接收第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息;
处理器1502还用于:在收发器1501收到重配置消息后,根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接,并控制终端通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信;
其中,重配置消息是第一基站根据从第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定终端接入第二小区,并在确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区后,向终端发送的。
可选地,该终端可采用图15所示的总线架构实现。在图15中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1502代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器1501可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该终端也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器1502和收发器1501之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器1501的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的收发模块1401,处理器1502的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的处理模块1402,该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中终端201的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图16为本发明实施例提供的第三种第一基站的结构示意图。如图16所 示,该第一基站包括:
收发模块1601,用于接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与第一基站的第一小区通信的终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
处理模块1602,用于在收发模块1601收到终端接入指示消息之后,若确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,则控制收发模块1601向终端发送重配置消息,指示终端:
根据重配置消息重新配置终端接入第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,终端接入指示消息还用于指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
处理模块1602具体用于:
在收发模块1601收到终端接入指示消息后,确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区。
可选地,终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数;
处理模块1602具体用于:将从终端接入指示消息中获取的无线连接参数携带在重配置消息中,通过收发模块1601发给终端;
重配置消息具体用于指示终端:根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,处理模块1602还用于:
在收发模块1601接收终端接入指示消息之后,控制收发模块1601向第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求第二基站增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
处理模块1602具体用于:
在收发模块1601收到第二基站响应于小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区。
可选地,小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数;
处理模块1602具体用于:将从小区增加请求确认消息中获取的无线连接参数携带在重配置消息中,通过收发模块1601发给终端;
重配置消息具体用于指示终端:根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,收发模块1601还用于:在向终端发送重配置消息之后,接收终端响应于重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
处理模块1602还用于:根据重配置完成消息确定终端已根据重配置消息完成无线连接的重新配置;控制收发模块1601向第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示第二基站终端已完成无线连接的重新配置。
可选地,处理模块1602还用于:在收发模块1601接收终端接入指示消息之前,控制收发模块1601向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示终端:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,处理模块1602还用于:在收发模块1601接收终端接入指示消息之前,控制收发模块1601向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示终端:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,处理模块1602还用于:
在控制收发模块1601发送测量配置消息之前,控制收发模块1601向终端发送第一指示消息,第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为 同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该第一基站的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中第一基站202的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图17为本发明实施例提供的第四种第一基站的结构示意图。如图17所示,该第一基站包括:
收发器1701,用于接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与第一基站的第一小区通信的终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
处理器1702,用于在收发器1701收到终端接入指示消息之后,若确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,则控制收发器1701向终端发送重配置消息,指示终端:
根据重配置消息重新配置终端接入第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,该终端可采用图17所示的总线架构实现。在图17中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1702代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器1701可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该终端也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器1702和收发器1701之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器1701的实现可参考前述的收发模块1601,处理器1702的实现可参考前述的处理模块1602。该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中的第一基站202的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图18为本发明实施例提供的第一种第二基站的结构示意图。如图18所示,该第二基站包括:处理模块1802和收发模块1801;
处理模块1802,用于在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立终端与第二基站的第二小区的无线连接,并接受终端通过无线连接接入第二小区;
处理模块1802还用于:在终端接入第二小区之后,控制收发模块1801向与终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示终端需要增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区。
可选地,终端接入指示消息还用于指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
处理模块1802具体用于:
在终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数,指示第一基站通知终端根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接。
可选地,收发模块1801还用于:在向第一基站发送终端接入指示消息之后,接收第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
处理模块1802还用于:在收发模块1801收到小区增加完成消息后,控制收发模块1801通过重新配置后的无线连接与终端通信。
可选地,收发模块1801还用于:在向第一基站发送终端接入指示消息之后,接收第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,小区增加请求消息用于请求第二基站增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
处理模块1802还用于:响应于小区增加请求消息,控制收发模块1801向第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,并在小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数,指示第一基站通知终端根据无线连接参数重新配 置无线连接。
可选地,收发模块1801还用于:在向第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息之后,收第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
处理模块1802还用于:在收发模块1801收到小区增加完成消息后,控制收发模块1801通过重新配置后的无线连接与终端通信。
可选地,处理模块1802还用于:在建立终端与第二小区的无线连接之前,控制收发模块1801向终端发送第一指示消息,指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
终端发起的连接建立过程,是终端在收到第一指示消息,并根据第一指示消息确定第一小区可与第一小区一起为终端提供通信之后发起的。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该第二基站的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中的第二基站203的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图19为本发明实施例提供的第二种第二基站的结构示意图。如图19所示,该第二基站包括:处理器1902和收发器1901;
处理器1902,用于在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立终端与第二基站的第二小区的无线连接,并接受终端通过无线连接接入第二小区;
处理器1902还用于:在终端接入第二小区之后,控制收发器1901向与终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示终端需要增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区。
可选地,该第二基站可采用图19所示的总线架构实现。在图19中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1902代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是 本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器1901可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该第二基站也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器1902和收发器1901之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器1901的实现可参考前述的收发模块1801,处理器1902的实现可参考前述的处理模块1802。该第二基站的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中的第二基站203的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图20为本发明实施例提供的第三种小区接入方法的流程图。如图20所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S2001:与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过连接建立过程建立终端与第二小区通信的无线连接,并通过建立的无线连接接入第二小区;
S2002:终端在收到第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息后,根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接,并通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信;
其中,重配置消息是第一基站根据从第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定终端接入第二小区,并在确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区后,向终端发送的。
可选地,在终端根据重配置消息重新配置无线连接之后,通过重新配置后的无线连接与第二小区进行通信之前,还包括:
终端向第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示第一基站终端已根据重配置消息完成对无线连接的重新配置。
可选地,在终端与第二小区建立无线连接之前,还包括:
终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
终端对第二小区发送的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用,包括:
终端根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第一基站发送的测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据测量的测量结果确定第二小区可用,包括:
终端根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在终端对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
终端接收第二基站或第一基站发送的第一指示消息,终端根据第一指示消息,确定可以增加第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中终端201的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
图21为本发明实施例提供的第四种小区接入方法的流程图。如图21所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S2101:第一小区所在的第一基站接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与第一小区通信的终端接入第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
S2102:第一基站在收到终端接入指示消息之后,若确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,则向终端发送重配置消息,指示终端:根据重配置消息重新配置终端接入第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,终端接入指示消息还用于指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
第一基站确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,包括:
第一基站在收到终端接入指示消息后,确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区。
可选地,终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数;
第一基站向终端发送重配置消息,包括:
第一基站将从终端接入指示消息中获取的无线连接参数携带在重配置消息中,发给终端;
重配置消息具体用于指示终端:根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,在第一基站接收终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
第一基站向第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求第二基站增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
第一基站确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区, 包括:
第一基站在收到第二基站响应于小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区。
可选地,小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数;
第一基站向终端发送重配置消息,包括:
第一基站将从小区增加请求确认消息中获取的无线连接参数携带在重配置消息中,发给终端;
重配置消息具体用于指示终端:根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接,并通过配置后的无线连接与第二小区通信。
可选地,在第一基站向终端发送重配置消息之后,还包括:
第一基站接收终端响应于重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
第一基站根据重配置完成消息确定终端已根据重配置消息完成无线连接的重新配置;
第一基站向第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示第二基站终端已完成无线连接的重新配置。
可选地,在第一基站接收终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示终端:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的小区标识信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在第一基站接收终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
第一基站向终端发送测量配置消息,测量配置消息中包括第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示终端:
根据测量配置消息中包括的第二小区的频率信息,对第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在测量的测量结果满足判决条件时,确定第二小区可用。
可选地,在第一基站发送测量配置消息之前,方法还包括:
第一基站向终端发送第一指示消息,第一指示消息用于指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中第一基站202的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
图22为本发明实施例提供的第五种小区接入方法的流程图。如图22所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S2201:第二小区所在的第二基站在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立终端与第二小区的无线连接,并接受终端通过无线连接接入第二小区;
S2202:第二基站在终端接入第二小区之后,向与终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示终端需要增加第二小区作为与终端通信的小区。
可选地,终端接入指示消息还用于指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
第二基站向第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,包括:
第二基站在终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数,指示第一基站通知终端根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接。
可选地,在第二基站向第一基站发送终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
第二基站在收到小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的无线连接与终端通信。
可选地,第二基站向第一基站发送终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,小区增加请求消息用 于请求第二基站增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区;
第二基站响应于小区增加请求消息,向第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示第二基站允许增加第二小区作为与终端进行通信的小区,并在小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置无线连接的无线连接参数,指示第一基站通知终端根据无线连接参数重新配置无线连接。
可选地,在第二基站向第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息之后,还包括:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
第二基站在收到小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的无线连接与终端通信。
可选地,在第二基站建立终端与第二小区的无线连接之前,还包括:
第二基站向终端发送第一指示消息,指示第二小区可与第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
终端发起的连接建立过程,是终端在收到第一指示消息,并根据第一指示消息确定第一小区可与第一小区一起为终端提供通信之后发起的。
可选地,第一基站为宏基站或小站;或第一基站包括第一小区所在的第一节点和用于控制第一节点的第一控制节点,第一节点用于终端和第一控制节点之间的传输处理;
第二基站为小站、宏基站或无线保真WiFi接入点AP。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的第二种小区接入方案中第二基站203的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
图23为本发明实施例提供的第五种终端的结构示意图。如图23所示,该终端包括:处理模块2302和收发模块2301;
处理模块2302,用于控制收发模块2301向位置服务器上报终端的地址;
收发模块2301,用于接收互联网中的应用服务器根据终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
其中,应用服务器是从位置服务器处获得终端的地址的,位置服务器用 于存储并向应用服务器提供终端的地址。
可选地,处理模块2302具体用于:
控制收发模块2301通过控制面信令上报终端的地址。
可选地,若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则处理模块2302具体用于:
针对每一个数据传输路径,控制收发模块2301通过控制面信令上报终端在该路径上的地址。
可选地,终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的应用服务器之间传输数据包。
可选地,处理模块2302具体用于:
控制收发模块2301向位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端的地址上报给位置服务器。
可选地,若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则处理模块2302具体用于:
对于多条数据传输路径中的每一条,控制收发模块2301通过该条数据传输路径上向位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址上报给位置服务器。
可选地,位置服务器为互联网中独立于应用服务器的服务器;或
位置服务器位于应用服务器中。
可选地,处理模块2302具体用于:
控制收发模块2301周期性向位置服务器上报终端的地址;和/或
控制收发模块2301在终端到应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时,向位置服务器上报终端的地址。
可选地,处理模块2302还用于:在控制收发模块2301向位置服务器上报终端的地址之前,根据下列因素中的至少一个选择接入的网络:
终端要建立的业务的业务类型;
终端要建立的业务的业务质量QoS要求;
预设的终端优选接入的网络;
处理模块2302具体用于:
控制收发模块2301向位置服务器上报终端在每一个选择接入的网络的地址。
该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中的终端的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图24为本发明实施例提供的第六种终端的结构示意图。如图24所示,该终端包括:
处理器2402和收发器2401;
处理器2402,用于控制收发器2401向位置服务器上报终端的地址;
收发器2401,用于接收互联网中的应用服务器根据终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
其中,应用服务器是从位置服务器处获得终端的地址的,位置服务器用于存储并向应用服务器提供终端的地址。
可选地,该终端可采用图24所示的总线架构实现。在图24中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器2402代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器2401可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该终端也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器2402和收发器2401之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,处理器2402的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的处理模块2302,收发器2401的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的收发模块2301,该终端的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中的终端的实现,重复之处不再赘述。
图25为本发明实施例提供的第一种位置服务器的结构示意图。如图25所示,该位置服务器包括:
收发模块2501,用于接收终端上报的终端的地址;
处理模块2502,用于将收发模块2501接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使应用服务器根据终端的地址,向终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
可选地,处理模块2502具体用于:
在通过收发模块2501收到应用服务器发送的请求终端的地址的请求消息后,将收发模块2501接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器。
可选地,收发模块2501具体用于:
接收终端通过控制面信令上报终端的地址。
可选地,收发模块2501具体用于:
接收终端针对终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径中的每一个数据传输路径,通过控制面信令上报的终端在该路径上的地址。
可选地,终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,终端通过终端连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的应用服务器之间传输数据包。
可选地,收发模块2501具体用于:
接收终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端的地址。
可选地,收发模块2501具体用于:
接收终端分别通过终端与应用服务器之间存在的多条数据传输路径中的每一条数据传输路径发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址。
可选地,位置服务器为互联网中独立于应用服务器的服务器;或位置服务器位于应用服务器中。
可选地,收发模块2501具体用于:
接收终端周期性上报的终端的地址;和/或
接收终端在到应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时上报的终端的地址。
该位置服务器的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中的位置服务器,重复之处不再赘述。
图26为本发明实施例提供的第二种位置服务器的结构示意图。如图26所示,该位置服务器包括:
收发器2601,用于接收终端上报的终端的地址;
处理器2602,用于将收发器2601接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使应用服务器根据终端的地址,向终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
可选地,该位置服务器可采用图26所示的总线架构实现。在图26中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器2602代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器2601可以是多个元件,即包括发射器和接收器,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以 是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。
可选地,该位置服务器也可不采用总线架构实现,比如:处理器2602和收发器2601之间直接连接,不通过总线通信。
其中,收发器2601的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的收发模块2501,处理器2602的其他可选实现方式可参考前述的处理模块2502,该位置服务器的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中的位置服务器,重复之处不再赘述。
图27为本发明实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法的流程图。如图27所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S2701:终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;
S2702:终端接收互联网中的应用服务器根据终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;其中,应用服务器是从位置服务器处获得终端的地址的,位置服务器用于存储并向应用服务器提供终端的地址。
可选地,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
终端通过控制面信令上报自身的地址。
可选地,若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则终端通过控制面信令上报自身的地址,包括:
针对每一个数据传输路径,终端通过控制面信令上报自身在该路径上的地址。
可选地,终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的应用服务器之间传输数据包。
可选地,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
终端向位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身的地址上报给位置服务器。
可选地,若终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径,则终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
对于多条数据传输路径中的每一条,终端通过该条数据传输路径上向位置服务器发送互联网协议IP数据包,将发送的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为自身在该条数据传输路径上的地址上报给位置服务器。
可选地,位置服务器为互联网中独立于应用服务器的服务器;或位置服务器位于应用服务器中。
可选地,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
终端周期性向位置服务器上报自身的地址;和/或
终端在自身到应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时,向位置服务器上报自身的地址。
可选地,在终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址之前,还包括:终端根据下列因素中的至少一个选择接入的网络:
终端要建立的业务的业务类型;
终端要建立的业务的业务质量QoS要求;
预设的终端优选接入的网络;
终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址,包括:
终端向位置服务器上报自身在每一个选择接入的网络的地址。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中终端的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
图28为本发明实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法的流程图。如图28所示,该方法包括如下步骤:
S2801:位置服务器接收终端上报的终端的地址;
S2802:位置服务器将接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使应用服务器根据终端的地址,向终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
可选地,位置服务器将接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,包括:
位置服务器在收到应用服务器发送的请求终端的地址的请求消息后,将接收的终端的地址通知与终端进行数据传输的应用服务器。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端向上报的终端的地址,包括:
位置服务器接收终端通过控制面信令上报终端的地址。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端通过控制面信令上报终端的地址,包括:
位置服务器接收终端针对终端与应用服务器之间存在多条数据传输路径中的每一个数据传输路径,通过控制面信令上报的终端在该路径上的地址。
可选地,终端的地址包括下列地址中的至少一种:
终端的公网互联网协议IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的IP地址;
终端连接的接入网关的标识;
其中,终端通过自身连接的接入网关接入互联网,与互联网中的应用服务器之间传输数据包。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端向上报的终端的地址,包括:
位置服务器接收终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端的地址。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端的地址,包括:
位置服务器接收终端分别通过终端与应用服务器之间存在的多条数据传输路径中的每一条数据传输路径发送的IP数据包,并将接收的该IP数据包中的源IP地址作为终端在该条数据传输路径上的地址。
可选地,位置服务器为互联网中独立于应用服务器的服务器;或位置服务器位于应用服务器中。
可选地,位置服务器接收终端上报的终端的地址,包括:
位置服务器接收终端周期性上报的终端的地址;和/或
位置服务器接收终端在到应用服务器或位置服务器的路径变化时上报的终端的地址。
该方法的其他可选实现方式可参考本发明实施例提供的数据传输方案中位置服务器的处理,重复之处不再赘述。
综上,本发明实施例中,一方面,终端自主选择接入的第二小区,并主动向第一基站请求增加第二小区,与目前的小区切换的流程中终端发送测量报告,由基站进行切换判决的方案相比;本发明实施例提供的上述方案一部分处理放在终端进行,可减少基站等网络设备的处理,降低网络设备实现的复杂度。
另一方面,终端可先接入第二小区,由第二小区所在的第二基站通知第一基站该终端的接入。该可选方案也能够实现终端自主选择接入的第二小区。
再一方面,终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;位置服务器将接收的该终端的地址发送给与该终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,或应用服务器到位置服务器处获取该终端的地址,应用服务器根据得到的该终端的地址,向该终端发送IP数据包。其中,应用服务器从位置服务器中获取终端的地址,得以实现应用服务器根据获取的该终端的地址向该终端发送IP数据包。
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流 程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (50)

  1. 一种终端,所述终端与第一小区通信,其特征在于,所述终端包括:
    处理模块,用于在所述终端需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过所述连接建立过程建立所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并控制所述终端通过建立的所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
    收发模块,用于接收所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息;
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述重配置消息后,根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接,并控制所述终端通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信;
    其中,所述重配置消息是所述第一基站根据从所述第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示所述终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定所述终端接入所述第二小区,并在确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区后,向所述终端发送的。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:在根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接之后,控制所述终端通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信之前,
    控制所述收发模块向所述第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成对所述无线连接的重新配置。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:在控制所述终端与所述第二小区建立所述无线连接之前,
    对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:
    在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的 小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
    所述处理模块具体用于:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  5. 如权利要求3所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
    所述处理模块具体用于:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  6. 如权利要求3~5任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在所述处理模块对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,接收所述第二基站或所述第一基站发送的第一指示消息;
    所述处理模块还用于:根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
  7. 第一基站,其特征在于,包括:
    收发模块,用于接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与所述第一基站的第一小区通信的终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
    处理模块,用于在所述收发模块收到所述终端接入指示消息之后,若确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,则控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送重配置消息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述终端接入所述第二小区时建立的无线 连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述处理模块具体用于:
    在所述收发模块收到所述终端接入指示消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
    所述处理模块具体用于:将从所述终端接入指示消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,通过所述收发模块发给所述终端;
    所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  10. 如权利要求7所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述处理模块还用于:
    在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之后,控制所述收发模块向所述第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述处理模块具体用于:
    在所述收发模块收到所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
    所述处理模块具体用于:将从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,通过所述收发模块发给所述终端;
    所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  12. 如权利要求7~11任一项所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在向所述终端发送所述重配置消息之后,接收所述终端响应于所述重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
    所述处理模块还用于:根据所述重配置完成消息确定所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成所述无线连接的重新配置;控制所述收发模块向所述第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示所述第二基站所述终端已完成所述无线连接的重新配置。
  13. 如权利要求7~12任一项所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  14. 如权利要求7~12任一项所述的第一基站,其特征在于,
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:
    在控制所述收发模块发送所述测量配置消息之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送第一指示消息,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
  16. 第二基站,其特征在于,包括:处理模块和收发模块;
    所述处理模块,用于在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立所述终端与所述第二基站的所述第二小区的无线连接,并接受所述终端通过所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述终端接入所述第二小区之后,控制所述收发模块向与所述终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示所述终端需要增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述处理模块具体用于:
    在所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的第二基站,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述小区增加完成消息后,控制所述收发模块通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
  19. 如权利要求16所述的第二基站,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,所述小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述处理模块还用于:响应于所述小区增加请求消息,控制所述收发模 块向所述第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,并在所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的第二基站,其特征在于,
    所述收发模块还用于:在向所述第一基站发送所述小区增加请求确认消息之后,收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
    所述处理模块还用于:在所述收发模块收到所述小区增加完成消息后,控制所述收发模块通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
  21. 如权利要求16~20任一项所述的第二基站,其特征在于,
    所述处理模块还用于:在建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接之前,控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送第一指示消息,指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
    所述终端发起的所述连接建立过程,是所述终端在收到所述第一指示消息,并根据所述第一指示消息确定所述第一小区可与所述第一小区一起为所述终端提供通信之后发起的。
  22. 一种小区接入方法,其特征在于,包括:
    与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,发起连接建立过程,通过所述连接建立过程建立所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并通过建立的所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
    所述终端在收到所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送的重配置消息后,根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接,并通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信;
    其中,所述重配置消息是所述第一基站根据从所述第二小区所在的第二基站处收到的用于指示所述终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息,确定所述终端接入所述第二小区,并在确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区后,向所述终端发送的。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述无线连接之后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区进行通信之前,还包括:
    所述终端向所述第一基站发送重配置完成消息,指示所述第一基站所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成对所述无线连接的重新配置。
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端与所述第二小区建立所述无线连接之前,还包括:
    所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
    所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
    所述终端对所述第二小区发送的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
    所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  26. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
    所述终端接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息;
    所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并根据所述测量的测量结果确定所述第二小区可用,包括:
    所述终端根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对 所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  27. 如权利要求24~26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量之前,还包括:
    所述终端接收所述第二基站或所述第一基站发送的第一指示消息,所述终端根据所述第一指示消息,确定可以增加所述第二小区作为与自身通信的小区,其中所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
  28. 一种小区接入方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一小区所在的第一基站接收第二小区所在的第二基站发送的用于指示与所述第一小区通信的终端接入所述第二小区的终端接入指示消息;
    所述第一基站在收到所述终端接入指示消息之后,若确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,则向所述终端发送重配置消息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述重配置消息重新配置所述终端接入所述第二小区时建立的无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述第一基站确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,包括:
    所述第一基站在收到所述终端接入指示消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送重配置消息,包括:
    所述第一基站将从所述终端接入指示消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携 带在所述重配置消息中,发给所述终端;
    所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  31. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
    所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送小区增加请求消息,请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述第一基站确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,包括:
    所述第一基站在收到所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息发送的小区增加请求确认消息后,确定所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数;
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送重配置消息,包括:
    所述第一基站将从所述小区增加请求确认消息中获取的所述无线连接参数携带在所述重配置消息中,发给所述终端;
    所述重配置消息具体用于指示所述终端:根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接,并通过配置后的所述无线连接与所述第二小区通信。
  33. 如权利要求28~32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一基站向所述终端发送所述重配置消息之后,还包括:
    所述第一基站接收所述终端响应于所述重配置消息发送的重配置完成消息;
    所述第一基站根据所述重配置完成消息确定所述终端已根据所述重配置消息完成所述无线连接的重新配置;
    所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送小区增加完成消息,指示所述第二基站所述终端已完成所述无线连接的重新配置。
  34. 如权利要求28~33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的小区标识信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的小区标识信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  35. 如权利要求28~33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第一基站接收所述终端接入指示消息之前,还包括:
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送测量配置消息,所述测量配置消息中包括所述第二小区的频率信息,以及用于判断所述第二小区是否可用的判决条件的信息,指示所述终端:
    根据所述测量配置消息中包括的所述第二小区的频率信息,对所述第二小区发射的无线信号进行测量,并在所述测量的测量结果满足所述判决条件时,确定所述第二小区可用。
  36. 如权利要求34或35所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一基站发送所述测量配置消息之前,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送第一指示消息,所述第一指示消息用于指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信。
  37. 一种小区接入方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二小区所在的第二基站在终端发起的连接建立过程中,建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接,并接受所述终端通过所述无线连接接入所述第二小区;
    所述第二基站在所述终端接入所述第二小区之后,向与所述终端通信的第一小区所在的第一基站发送终端接入指示消息,指示所述终端需要增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接入指示消息还用于指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息,包括:
    所述第二基站在所述终端接入指示消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
  39. 如权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
    所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
    所述第二基站在收到所述小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
  40. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述终端接入指示消息之后,还包括:
    所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加请求消息,所述小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第二基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区;
    所述第二基站响应于所述小区增加请求消息,向所述第一基站发送小区增加请求确认消息,指示所述第二基站允许增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端进行通信的小区,并在所述小区增加请求确认消息中携带用于重新配置所述无线连接的无线连接参数,指示所述第一基站通知所述终端根据所述无线连接参数重新配置所述无线连接。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送所述小区增加请求确认消息之后,还包括:
    所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的小区增加完成消息;
    所述第二基站在收到所述小区增加完成消息后,通过重新配置后的所述无线连接与所述终端通信。
  42. 如权利要求37~41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    在所述第二基站建立所述终端与所述第二小区的无线连接之前,还包括:
    所述第二基站向所述终端发送第一指示消息,指示所述第二小区可与所述第一小区一起为同一终端提供通信;
    所述终端发起的所述连接建立过程,是所述终端在收到所述第一指示消息,并根据所述第一指示消息确定所述第一小区可与所述第一小区一起为所述终端提供通信之后发起的。
  43. 一种终端,所述终端与第一小区通信,其特征在于,所述终端包括:
    收发模块,用于在所述终端需要与第二小区通信时,向所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
    处理模块,用于在通过所述收发模块收到所述第一基站发送的用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照所述配置消息配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接;并控制所述终端通过配置后的与所述第二小区通信的无线连接接入所述第二小区。
  44. 第一基站,其特征在于,包括:
    收发模块,用于接收与所述第一基站的第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
    处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
  45. 一种小区接入方法,其特征在于,
    与第一小区通信的终端在需要与第二小区通信时,向所述第一小区所在的第一基站发送第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加所述第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
    所述终端在收到所述第一基站发送的用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区 通信的无线连接的配置消息后,按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接;
    所述终端通过配置后的与所述第二小区通信的无线连接接入所述第二小区。
  46. 一种小区接入方法,其特征在于,
    第一小区所在的第一基站接收与所述第一小区通信的终端发送的第一小区增加请求消息,所述第一小区增加请求消息用于请求所述第一基站增加第二小区作为与所述终端通信的小区;
    所述第一基站向所述终端发送用于配置所述终端与所述第二小区通信的无线连接的配置消息,指示所述终端按照所述配置消息配置与所述第二小区通信的无线连接,并接入所述第二小区。
  47. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:处理模块和收发模块;
    所述处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块向位置服务器上报所述终端的地址;
    所述收发模块,用于接收互联网中的应用服务器根据所述终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
    其中,所述应用服务器是从所述位置服务器处获得所述终端的地址的,所述位置服务器用于存储并向所述应用服务器提供所述终端的地址。
  48. 一种位置服务器,其特征在于,包括:
    收发模块,用于接收终端上报的所述终端的地址;
    处理模块,用于将所述收发模块接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使所述应用服务器根据所述终端的地址,向所述终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
  49. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:
    终端向位置服务器上报自身的地址;
    所述终端接收互联网中的应用服务器根据所述终端的地址发送的互联网协议IP数据包;
    其中,所述应用服务器是从所述位置服务器处获得所述终端的地址的,所述位置服务器用于存储并向所述应用服务器提供所述终端的地址。
  50. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:
    位置服务器接收终端上报的所述终端的地址;
    所述位置服务器将接收的所述终端的地址通知与所述终端进行数据传输的应用服务器,以使所述应用服务器根据所述终端的地址,向所述终端发送互联网协议IP数据包。
PCT/CN2016/087764 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法 WO2017000888A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP16817252.6A EP3300432B1 (en) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Terminal, base station, cell access method and data transmission method
EP20160323.0A EP3716693B1 (en) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Cell access methods and corresponding apparatuses
US15/858,900 US10616817B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2017-12-29 Terminal, base station, cell access method, and data transmission method for reconfiguring a wireless connection to communicate with a secondary cell
US16/822,543 US11134427B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2020-03-18 Terminal, base station, cell access method, and data transmission method for reconfiguring a wireless connection to communicate with a secondary cell

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201510374668.7A CN106332233B (zh) 2015-06-30 2015-06-30 一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法
CN201510374668.7 2015-06-30

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/858,900 Continuation US10616817B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2017-12-29 Terminal, base station, cell access method, and data transmission method for reconfiguring a wireless connection to communicate with a secondary cell

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017000888A1 true WO2017000888A1 (zh) 2017-01-05

Family

ID=57607733

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/087764 WO2017000888A1 (zh) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US10616817B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP3300432B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN106332233B (zh)
WO (1) WO2017000888A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3611974A4 (en) * 2017-05-17 2020-03-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE AND TERMINAL

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA3000870C (en) * 2015-11-06 2021-05-18 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for anchor replacement
CN108353334B (zh) * 2015-12-25 2020-09-04 华为技术有限公司 业务传输方法、装置及设备
EP3562206B1 (en) * 2016-12-30 2021-05-26 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Information transmission method and terminal device
CN108810961B (zh) * 2017-04-28 2021-01-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 测量信息处理方法、终端及接入网节点
WO2019004667A1 (en) * 2017-06-27 2019-01-03 Lg Electronics Inc. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING MEASURING RESULT
WO2019066478A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR PERFORMING DATA TRANSMISSION AND MEASUREMENTS ON MULTIPLE BANDWIDTH PARTS
CN113543179A (zh) 2017-11-16 2021-10-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 非连接态测量方法、终端及基站
CN111385841B (zh) * 2018-12-29 2022-08-12 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 辅节点的测量方法、测量配置方法、终端及网络设备
US11224082B2 (en) * 2019-02-14 2022-01-11 Mediatek Inc. Methods and apparatus to improve MR-DC SN addition procedure
CN109862606B (zh) * 2019-02-26 2021-03-19 广州乐摇摇信息科技有限公司 自助设备通信方法、装置及系统
CN111757552B (zh) 2019-03-28 2023-11-21 苹果公司 用于快速载波聚合和双连接配置的辅助信息
CN111739275B (zh) * 2020-06-22 2021-05-07 杭州万高科技股份有限公司 双模通信的控制方法、控制装置、控制设备及存储介质
CN115696480A (zh) * 2021-07-28 2023-02-03 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 一种小区切换方法、终端和网络设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1722900A (zh) * 2004-07-12 2006-01-18 华为技术有限公司 一种向终端发送分组数据业务的方法
WO2012148166A2 (ko) * 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 접속 시스템에서 효율적인 이종망간 핸드오버 수행방법
CN103139911A (zh) * 2011-11-25 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 实现载波聚合的方法、基站和用户设备
CN104272805A (zh) * 2012-04-27 2015-01-07 富士通株式会社 移动站装置、基站装置和通信方法

Family Cites Families (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101009907B (zh) 2006-01-24 2011-12-21 华为技术有限公司 演进网络架构中隧道建立、释放方法及装置
CN101009858A (zh) 2006-01-25 2007-08-01 华为技术有限公司 两层节点演进网络结构
CN101047948B (zh) 2006-03-28 2011-07-20 华为技术有限公司 终端在多无线接入技术公共覆盖区的驻扎、寻呼方法
KR101424258B1 (ko) 2006-08-23 2014-08-13 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 랜덤 액세스 과정을 수행하는 방법
CN101237394B (zh) 2007-01-31 2012-11-21 华为技术有限公司 锚点设备、处理多接口移动台报文的方法及系统
CN101247647B (zh) * 2007-02-15 2011-10-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种增强上行链路实现快速切换的方法
CN101345998B (zh) 2007-07-12 2011-12-28 华为技术有限公司 接入网络切换方法、锚点管理设备、移动接入设备
CN101365228B (zh) 2007-08-07 2012-08-15 华为技术有限公司 移动终端接入网络的方法及锚点管理设备
CN103139753B (zh) 2008-06-18 2016-06-15 上海华为技术有限公司 限制信令下的信息处理系统及服务网关
US8638699B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2014-01-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for supporting the large service data unit (SDU)
CN101754413B (zh) * 2008-12-17 2012-07-04 电信科学技术研究院 消息鉴权码管理方法、装置和系统
US8842633B2 (en) * 2009-05-04 2014-09-23 Blackberry Limited Systems and methods for mobile stations to identify radio access technologies
EP2395785B8 (en) 2010-06-11 2014-02-26 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH Method for controlling measurements in a wireless telecommunications terminal
CN101938415B (zh) 2010-08-30 2012-07-18 北京傲天动联技术有限公司 网络转发设备的快速转发方法
US9191867B2 (en) * 2010-09-09 2015-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Dynamic switching between DC-HSDPA and SFDC-HSDPA
EP3319395B1 (en) 2010-12-03 2023-05-03 InterDigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for performing multi-radio access technology carrier aggregation
WO2012084717A1 (de) * 2010-12-21 2012-06-28 Inch Gmbh Ventilationsvorrichtung zur erzeugung gleichmässiger fluidströmungen sowie eine antriebseinheit für eine solche vorrichtung
CN102647752B (zh) * 2011-02-17 2016-09-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 控制用户设备进行测量的方法、装置及系统
WO2012134182A2 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of providing service to user equipment in wireless communication system and apparatus thereof
US9661510B2 (en) * 2012-03-30 2017-05-23 Mediatek Inc. Failure event report extension for inter-RAT radio link failure
US20140146804A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2014-05-29 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for offering database access in wireless communication system
CN103596212B (zh) 2012-08-17 2017-09-29 电信科学技术研究院 异构网络下的层二测量及结果处理方法和设备
KR102040883B1 (ko) 2012-08-23 2019-11-05 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 무선 시스템에서의 다중 스케줄러들을 이용한 동작
GB2505680B (en) * 2012-09-06 2018-06-06 Ubiquisys Ltd Handover in a cellular communication network
EP2713651A1 (en) 2012-09-28 2014-04-02 Alcatel Lucent Method for handover management within heterogeneous networks
EP2908570B1 (en) 2012-11-13 2019-06-19 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and base station for transmitting data
US9144091B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2015-09-22 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Devices for establishing multiple connections
US9173147B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2015-10-27 Blackberry Limited Communicating data using a local wireless access network node
CN103404072B (zh) * 2013-01-18 2016-01-20 华为技术有限公司 多载波通信的方法和装置
CN103945559B (zh) 2013-01-18 2019-02-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 网络接入系统及方法
WO2014117323A1 (en) 2013-01-29 2014-08-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Tdd reconfiguration with consideration of dtx/drx
CN104053197A (zh) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-17 中国移动通信集团公司 地空长期演进系统中飞机器的切换方法、基站及飞行器
US9078241B2 (en) 2013-03-22 2015-07-07 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for establishing multiple radio connections
CA3066273C (en) * 2013-04-03 2022-04-12 Blackberry Limited Methods and systems for wireless communication in heterogeneous networks
US10172177B2 (en) * 2013-04-16 2019-01-01 Qualcomm Incorporated UE initiated SCell connection establishment
CN104125607A (zh) 2013-04-23 2014-10-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 用户面拥塞处理方法、装置及服务网关
US9629025B2 (en) 2013-05-03 2017-04-18 Blackberry Limited Controlling data offload in response to feedback information
CN103931236B (zh) * 2013-06-17 2018-02-06 华为技术有限公司 Hsdpa辅小区切换方法、网络设备及移动终端
CN104349389B (zh) 2013-08-02 2019-03-01 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于建立无线承载的方法和装置
EP3203805B1 (en) 2014-10-23 2021-03-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Radio resource control (rrc) message processing method, apparatus, and system
US10342040B2 (en) * 2014-10-30 2019-07-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing access initiation and response for cell on unlicensed carrier in wireless communication system
CN104853389B (zh) * 2015-05-12 2018-09-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种小区间切换的方法及装置
WO2016190632A1 (ko) * 2015-05-22 2016-12-01 엘지전자 주식회사 동일 우선순위 셀 재선택을 수행하는 방법 및 장치
WO2017170158A1 (ja) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 京セラ株式会社 通信方法及び通信装置
US20190124659A1 (en) * 2017-10-20 2019-04-25 Google Llc Network communication frequency adjustment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1722900A (zh) * 2004-07-12 2006-01-18 华为技术有限公司 一种向终端发送分组数据业务的方法
WO2012148166A2 (ko) * 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 접속 시스템에서 효율적인 이종망간 핸드오버 수행방법
CN103139911A (zh) * 2011-11-25 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 实现载波聚合的方法、基站和用户设备
CN104272805A (zh) * 2012-04-27 2015-01-07 富士通株式会社 移动站装置、基站装置和通信方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3300432A4 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3611974A4 (en) * 2017-05-17 2020-03-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE AND TERMINAL
AU2018269260B2 (en) * 2017-05-17 2021-01-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, access network device and terminal
US11229077B2 (en) 2017-05-17 2022-01-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, access network device, and terminal
RU2767756C2 (ru) * 2017-05-17 2022-03-21 Хуавэй Текнолоджиз Ко., Лтд. Способ передачи данных, устройство доступа к сети и терминал

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3716693A1 (en) 2020-09-30
EP3716693B1 (en) 2022-03-02
EP3300432A4 (en) 2018-04-18
EP3300432A1 (en) 2018-03-28
US20180124676A1 (en) 2018-05-03
CN106332233B (zh) 2019-10-22
US20200221364A1 (en) 2020-07-09
EP3300432B1 (en) 2020-03-25
US11134427B2 (en) 2021-09-28
CN106332233A (zh) 2017-01-11
US10616817B2 (en) 2020-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017000888A1 (zh) 一种终端、基站、小区接入方法和数据传输方法
US10743229B2 (en) Communication control method
US10667191B2 (en) Autonomous LTE-WLAN interface setup and information exchange
EP3152954B1 (en) Radio resource control (rrc) protocol for integrated wlan/3gpp radio access technologies
JP6386565B2 (ja) 無線アクセスネットワーク間のアクセスステアリングを向上させるための方法および装置
WO2018129875A1 (zh) 一种通信路径转换方法及设备
US9544827B2 (en) Enhanced local access in mobile communications with FDD resource allocation
EP3335467B1 (en) Handover in lte-wlan aggregation, lwa.
US20180352488A1 (en) Cell Reselection Control Mechanism in Multi-Connectivity Communication Mode
JP6800841B2 (ja) 基地局及び無線端末
WO2014180514A1 (en) Communication mechanism using spectrum sharing
KR20140109942A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 ap 재선택 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
EP2816846A1 (en) 3GPP base station, in particular eNodeB, enabling discovery of non-3GPP access networks, in particular Wi-Fi access points
WO2016180213A1 (zh) AP组信息处理方法及eNB
WO2015034197A1 (ko) 다중의 무선 접속 기술들을 지원하는 이동 통신 시스템에서 인터페이스를 설정하는 방법 및 이를 수행하는 장치
WO2016180212A1 (zh) Ap组确定方法及装置
US20160234808A1 (en) Wireless Device, Node and Methods Therein for Deciding Whether or Not to Activate a WLAN Interface
WO2015133754A1 (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 qos 관리 방법 및 장치
EP2995110A1 (en) Communication mechanism using spectrum sharing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16817252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016817252

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE